leaking my $178k/month info operating blueprint (Growth Operating)

Transcript

00:00

This is easily the most information in any single growth operating, info operating, anything related to the info product game. This is the most information in a single video.

Look at this. From start to finish, I have put together a full course going over absolutely everything that goes into

00:16

this business model and everything you need to know. I've made it very easy to see left to right.

Landing the creator, launching the offer, that's what it's broken down into. every single thing, every single little thing you can think of down to the [ __ ] sales framework, everything.

This is the biggest video

00:31

ever made on this topic. I'm convinced because I have not seen another one like it.

Now guys, this video is extremely important. Last month, June 2025, I cleared $178,000 personal profit, my biggest month.

Now, that was broken broken up into 62K from

00:48

my own coaching offer, which as you can see here, screenshots of everything. This is actually a low volume month for myself.

I usually do a higher cash collected, but I didn't post for 40 days. I also lost money to processing fees.

Um, mostly, you know, take zel payments, but I I hit a foreign demo for some reason. There's a 40-day gap in

01:05

between these two videos, and I still did $62.8,000 cash collected. And then my client offers, $116,000 for my client coaching offers.

This is not revenue. This is profit.

My personal cut after paying closer, setters, everything. All right, here's around 17K.

Not showing

01:21

any screenshots here, but that's everything right there. $178,000 personal profit month, and I'm on track to do over $2 million a year personal profit in 2025 at 21 years old.

Now, again, everything in this video that I'm

01:37

about to go over is extremely important start to finish. I've segmented the entire video for you, and it's the only thing you're going to need to make a [ __ ] ton of money this year.

Now, real quick before I go over this, I'm about to be extremely shallow and I'm about to be extremely flexy. So, please skip this

01:54

part if you don't like that. But here we go.

I'm sorry if it's shallow, but this is what society values. Let me full screen myself for this.

Now, so you understand, I'm not just talking [ __ ] I actually live this full flexing coming. I fly private or first class everywhere I go, whichever it is.

I've driven

02:10

basically every super car on the face of the planet. I love the SF90.

It's probably my favorite car. I've lived in every desirable city to most entrepreneurs.

Penthouse in Dubai. That was nice.

Penthouse in Miami that I'm currently in as I'm making this video.

02:26

When I say penthouse, I mean actual top floor penthouse. I'm not in some two-bedroom apartment like a lot of other other guys out here.

Um, I've traveled to every desirable location that people dream to visit. I literally just got back two days ago.

I wrapped up

02:43

a $300,000 trip to Mkos. Absolutely most insane week of my life with all my friends.

Best time of my life. And of course, I had to take a quick pit stop in Paris just because I felt like it and I was with my girl.

It just felt right. And I also daily a limited Rolex Day

03:01

Date Oscars. Sorry, I had to throw it in here just cuz I love this piece so much.

Um I've literally never ran into anyone with my same exact watch. I can blow money with my friends as a joke.

Okay, I'm sorry I'm putting this in here. I I literally went to the club in Miami and we got like a bunch of gay signs as a

03:16

joke. I can't believe I'm even putting this in the video.

Anyhow, back to what I'm talking about here. This video is going to print you money if A you're a creator and you want to sell your own coaching offer or B, you're an entrepreneur, an operator, and you want

03:32

to operate the backend of creators offers, which this is where the real money is. Info operating.

Let me read this to you. Okay, so obviously you could probably tell by now I sell my own high ticket coaching program and I teach people exactly what I'm about to teach you in this video, which is broken down

03:48

into four steps. First is partnering with a creator that has a following.

They have an audience, building them an info product, which is either one-on-one mentorship or community, something like that. Showing them how to sell it to their audience and then collecting a percentage for maintaining the entire

04:03

operation. So based on this, your options are A, you become successful enough in a business model where you have the knowledge and results to teach other people how to do it and then spend years building up your personal brand and presence online to find qualified people to purchase your program.

That's

04:19

the creators part. Or B, you simply just partner with those people that have already put in the years building an audience and you simply run the backend of an info product for them to sell to their audience while they do all the marketing.

Now, the answer's obvious. I ran up option B for almost six years

04:36

until around six months ago I started selling my own program after taking YouTube seriously which is why we're here now and I'm making this video on info operating. So I have literally spent the last 28 days creating this.

I have not posted anywhere 28 days. That's

04:51

what I have been doing literally the past 28 days making this. As you can see you guys you guys underestimate how much time this takes putting each little [ __ ] text box in here and putting all my information in my head.

I made this myself. I did not outsource this.

I made this myself 28 days. I have not posted

05:07

because I've been creating this. I'm putting this out for free now because when this takes you to 10K a month, 20K a month, even 50K a month, you're going to come to me and you're going to want to work with me to get you to that 100K per month, which is why I'm putting my entire brain out here for free.

05:23

genuinely believe this is the biggest opportunity in internet money right now. So, here's a super quick breakdown of who I am and what I do, so you know I'm qualified to be making this video.

So to simplify it again, I partner with influencers and I monetize their audience with info products which are

05:38

either communities or mentorship. I specifically partner and this is why I'm saying again it's the biggest opportunity.

I specifically partner with creators that already have an organic audience. So they already have strong lead flow.

And all I do is I build the

05:54

right systems and the right product for them to sell to their pre-existing customer base. These people already know them.

they would already buy something for them from them. You just need to put the right thing in front of them to buy.

And the whole point is to let the creator do the marketing and take as

06:10

much off their back as possible so they can focus on marketing by you managing the entire info product and everything in the back end. All you're doing is emptying all their time so they can continue making content and bringing in more leads.

Now, I've been in the info game for over six years. I started with sneaker reselling.

If you guys know cook

06:26

groups, these were basically groups where you could pay like 50 bucks a month. They would tell you when the limited sneakers are dropping and then you'd be able to buy them and resell them for a profit.

That's what I did to start out completely. That was my first introduction to info products.

I was paying for information. That's exactly

06:43

what this is. Now, I've been in the info game ever since then for literally six years.

I made my first million with Discord Business Cord. I'm sure some of you guys may have heard of it.

It was a 125,000 member paid community. It was a drop shipping server.

I was running

06:59

everything behind the scenes, the marketing and my partner was on the inside actually giving like the drop shipping advice, showing people how to actually do it. That is what made me my first million and it was really my first biggest success.

Now, fast forward to now. I'm one of the top info operators in the space.

Most of my biggest clients

07:16

are now from referrals. So, if we go down here, this is literally a week ago, me with Jacob.

Two weeks ago, I was with Raph. two years ago.

I've been hosting events for literally two years. We had this event at a mansion, this event on a yacht.

Maybe you guys have seen that one on Twitter before. Look, I've been doing this stuff for a long time.

And I'm

07:32

finally making a video breaking everything down. So, this entire process and business model and for you this video, it's broken down into two parts.

The first part, partnering with a creator, and the second part, creating and launching the offer. And here's a quick overview of each part.

So, as you can see, landing the creator left to

07:48

right. This is the top part.

and then launching the offer left to right. Here we go.

First is the section I'm going over now. Then I'm going to show you how to choose the niche.

So, how to actually pick what kind of creator you want to work with. After that, a quick case study.

120 182.5K

08:04

in 14 days study. Full numbers break down everything.

Farming leads. So, how to actually get a [ __ ] ton of leads to reach out to to close creators.

Optimizing your Instagram profile. So, when it comes to outreach and landing creators, your profile is pretty much all that [ __ ] matters.

DM outreach.

08:22

So, this is how to actually DM them and close close clients. Obviously, 48K a month from two clients.

A case study I'm throwing in there as well. Automating your outreach.

So, I have it automated to where I bring on eight to 10 creators every single month. Now, I show exactly

08:38

how to automate that with VAS, everything for literally like 200 bucks a month. Closing call.

So, this is how to actually run your closing calls. I have an 80% close rate with all the creators I hop on.

It's exactly how to do that. Obviously, small things like the contract when you actually do close them.

Then, moving on to this actually

08:54

launching the offer. All your payment processing, everything when it comes to what payment processor to use, [ __ ] fan basis, all these different Afterpay, CLA, zip, all the different financing options, everything I go over right here.

Actually creating the offer itself. So, how to come up with a winning offer and an irresistible

09:10

guarantee so that whoever sees this info product will buy it. Setting up the low ticket.

So, if you do have a low ticket, how to set that up on Discord, school, whatever it is. Also, my $1.2 million Discord.

I did a full case study on this. What I just spoke about 125,000 members, full case study running over

09:26

that. The landing page.

So, when it comes to actually building a landing page for an offer, if you do build one, you don't even always need it. How to make the VSSL, scripting the VSSL.

This is the video that sells people putting it actually on the landing page. How to set up type form.

So, especially for high ticket offers, all my offers

09:42

combined do over a million dollars a month with this type form setup that I created myself. And I'm revealing all of it.

I'm showing you exactly how to do it. Postbooking.

So, exactly what the postbooking process should look like after someone books a call from type form. Sales reps.

Where do you find and

09:58

hire sales reps? What kind of sales reps should you be looking for?

When do you bring them on? my entire sales framework, bulletproof sales framework.

I put bulletproof right there so you know. This is my entire sales framework that I use for all my offers.

If you're a closer or a setter, you get this from me. And now I'm putting it in this video

10:13

for everyone to see. CRM setup.

So, how to actually set up the CRM. Um, which CRM to use.

Obviously, that's extremely important for managing all your leads. Hyping the offer launch.

So, how to hype it up. How to get people wanting to buy before you actually release it.

Retaining your clients. So, when you

10:29

close a creator, how do you get them to stay with you? How do you get them to continue wanting to work with you?

Because to be honest, after everything's set up and launched, there's not much you need to do. So, this is extremely important.

My organic socials framework, every single social media platform you need your creator on, how often they should be posting on them, absolutely

10:45

everything to maintain maximum nurture for all the potential leads. My YouTube strategy, which this I've implemented into all my clients, and honestly is like a pretty big reason I just hit my biggest month ever last month, is due to this strategy.

I'm revealing the entire thing right here. Paid ads as the final

11:02

thing, the bonus getting into paid ads and what you should be doing on that side. And obviously, there's a lot of stuff outside of just what's on the myo that I'm going to be going over, too.

Showing AI, showing how to [ __ ] implement AI into all this stuff, it makes a it's a it's a massive part of this whole thing that I'm going to be showing you. So, without any further

11:17

ado, if you want access to the entire myro, everything you see right here, literally just a link to this so you can follow along, whatever, just click the link in the description. It's right there.

Now, this is not one of those courses where I compile a bunch of my old videos. I' I've seen so many people do that.

This is all fresh right now,

11:33

new information. I do have some parts, some bits and pieces that I've taken from past videos and put them in here, just like testimonials, things like that that I want you guys to see.

But, as far as this whole myro goes, I have created all of this fresh from scratch for this

11:49

video. So, I split up each section each section of the video so it's easy to follow.

I don't recommend skipping over parts you think you already know because I genuinely do drop sauce in every single part. And like I said, I don't think I've seen anyone put this much sauce into one of these videos.

I mean,

12:04

this video is hours long. I don't know how long it's going to be by the time it's fully done.

I know it's going to be in the hours, though. So, get ready.

Strap in. Take some [ __ ] notes because no one else is going to be giving you all of this for nothing but your time.

Let's jump into it. Okay, so

12:21

the very first thing I'm going to be going over is actually choosing the niche. So obviously before you start reaching out to people, you need to know exactly who you want to work with.

So in order to start signing clients, the first step is identifying what kind of clients you even want to be working with

12:36

in the first place. So I would say choose max one to two niches that you want to work with.

I'm going to explain why in a bit, but I would not pick more than one or two. So, the first thing you have to understand and the most important thing, you can't work with just influencers.

Okay? Cardi B is not

12:53

going to sell an info product. An info product is not the best way to monetize her audience.

So, which might sound obvious to you, but I'm serious when I say like, guys, there's so many people that send me like straight up just influencers. They're just people.

There's not a specific skill they can

13:09

sell or anything. They're just people.

These people cannot sell info products. They can, but they're not going to make any [ __ ] money from it.

and it's not the best way to monetize. There's two types of creators that you need to look for.

And that's this. It's broken down to either a skill niche or a bizop niche.

And the way off in the distance

13:25

you have the influencers, you don't care about that. Now, understand one fundamental rule.

Customers, this is important. Listen, customers are willing to spend more money if there is a financial ROI.

If that doesn't make sense, let me break that down to you.

13:41

Here's an example of the niches. skill niche and bisop niche.

Now, one is not necessarily better than the other. All that means is people are willing to spend more money if they can get money back out of it.

So, if you take the fitness niche for example, say someone

13:57

wants to buy a fitness program for $5,000. They're buying this program because they want to get a better body, achieve their goals, whatever it is, right?

versus if they're buying an ecom info product, ecom mentorship for the same price, 5K, they're willing to spend

14:12

that 5K easier because they're putting 5K in knowing, okay, I'm going to learn how to do ecom so I can make 5K a month, 5K a week, 5K a day. Okay, you get what I'm saying?

So, obviously, they're willing to spend more money when they know there's financial ROI coming back

14:28

out of it. Do you get it?

And and real quick, let me show you some examples. So for bisop bisop all that means is business opportunity usually it's make money online to give you some examples it could be real estate credit is a big one car detailing side hustles SMA ecom

14:44

sports betting reselling trading obviously like trading SMA these are the bigger ones car detailing is like a smaller one I don't see a lot of people talk about now on the other hand you have a skill niche I don't know why that's there such as fitness travel hacking survival looks maxing even

15:00

relationship instruments languages content content creation, guys. The the rabbit hole of niches goes so so far.

There's so many different niches out there that you can potentially hit up and work with. And a lot of these make money, too.

Here's the thing. When I tell you this, a lot of people, and I've

15:16

said this in videos before, and for some reason people take it as I'm saying the other side of it, like just the skills are bad. Relationship niche crushes.

I know guys that they teach people how to like help people going through divorce, how to get their wife to not divorce

15:31

them. This is a real thing.

This is an info product. They charge 20 grand for this and guys pay it like it's nothing and they make a [ __ ] ton of money and they don't get a lot of views.

I'm not saying that, you know, this niche, these other niches don't do well. All I'm saying is someone making a fitness

15:47

course, it's going to be a little bit harder to close people higher ticket than something info product related. That's all I'm saying.

But obviously depends what it is. Like that example I just gave you, marriage.

People are willing to pay [ __ ] anything to fix their marriage. They don't care about making more money.

They want their wife back. You get what I'm saying?

Anyhow, I came

16:04

up with a metric to simplify this and that is DPF, dollar per follower. My channel is a perfect example of this.

What I just showed you, I have 4,000 subscribers. I get 1 to 2K views a video.

Look at this. Look at these views.

1.5K, 1.5K.

16:21

Look, no, no videos over my last eight videos. Not a single one got over 2,000.

And I collected almost $63,000 last month from 4,000 subscribers, one to 2K views, versus this guy I randomly found on Instagram

16:36

fitness niche with 110,000 followers getting 10 to 20k views a video. I doubt he could even do 10k a month cuz cuz look at his videos.

They have nothing to do. Picture this.

Gym memberships where you only pay for the days you don't go. Like it's just content related to

16:52

fitness but there's nothing here. listening to songs about clubbing, drinking, and doing drugs while wa working out.

No, I only go to bed at 9:30, only drink water. Like, this is great for going viral, but not there's no nothing coming from this.

Why? My videos target my exact subniche and my

17:07

exact ICP, my ideal customer profile. My videos are going to the exact kind of people that would buy my mentorship and would want to work with me, his or not.

It's why you're watching this video right now. You're watching this video probably because you're interested in online business or you're already doing

17:23

growth operating, info operating. You're already in this space.

You're watching this video. You're not watching some random fitness video.

Now, he is not hitting his ICP. His content consists of gym videos with him in the gym, random captions over top.

Really, the only way fitness gurus make money is by posting

17:39

transformation videos and selling the fact that they can transform your physique. That's what it is.

So, him posting that other stuff, it might grow his following, but it's not going to do anything else for him. Whereas on my end, I could post probably a ton of crazy lifestyle stuff and make an insanely huge channel, but what is that

17:57

going to do for me? It's not going to make me money, then who cares?

Whereas, I have 4,000 subscribers and I'm making more money than I probably would be doing that. Just give you an example.

That is all that's important when it comes to choosing your niche. So, you want to pick one to two of these

18:12

primarily for outreach. When it comes to your outreach, and again, I'm about to get into this.

You have to send a video to them, two, three minute long video. If you already have the myra board set up for the video, it's really easy to bang out outreach and make a lot of these videos.

If not though, it's going

18:29

to take you a while if you're making a new one for every niche. So, I would pick one to two niches, stick to it.

Ideally, choose something you already have some experience in or you know about. You don't want a complete learning curve for the business model itself when you're working with a client.

You don't want to have to deal with that. Now, something I also want to

18:45

mention, guys, in this video, literally half of this entire thing is going over how to land a creator in the first place. A lot of you guys know I sell my own info offer.

I literally guarantee a creator in contract because I know

19:01

people don't want to be sitting there for months trying to land a creator, not really knowing what they're doing, which is why in my own offer, I made it, you get a guaranteed creator. So, again, I'm splitting this video into two parts.

landing the creator, which is all of this, and then actually launching the

19:17

offer. If you're already working with me, if you're one of my mentees, and you happen to be watching this video, you can skip straight to launching the offer.

None of this first part is going to benefit you in any way, unless you're trying to land a creator. If you already

19:33

have creators and you just need help with the offer, and this goes to anyone. If you already have creators and you just need help actually making the offer, launching it, and making money with the creator you have, you can skip half this video.

The first half of this video is literally just showing you how to land these creators in the first

19:48

place, and it's arguably the hardest part. So, without any further ado, let's jump straight into the rest.

I'm going to start by going over actually I'm going to start by going over a case study next and then that's really going to help make sense of all of this. So I would watch this next part, watch the

20:04

case study, but then the rest of it you really don't need. But watch this case study.

It's [ __ ] banger. So here we go.

182.5K cash collected in literally 14 days. Absolutely [ __ ] banger case study.

We're going to jump right into it. Here it is.

These are all card payments all

20:21

through fan basis. the start of this year.

I already made a video on this case study, but I wanted to redo it. Um, just because it's so [ __ ] good.

Literally 14 days from the very start of the year, the first 14 days of the year, 182 cash, 182,000 cash collected in this

20:36

offer in 14 days. Now, this launch was in January.

And at the time, I had collected over 600k cash in total across eight different offers in 3 months just from sports betting. These are all sports betting offers.

This is a sports betting offer. Now, I wanted to show you

20:52

a really solid case study before diving into all the details of everything so that you have an outline of how this all works. The reason I'm putting this after niche is because this was like kind of my niche and I made a lot of videos about this and I almost became known for like the sports betting niche, which is

21:09

why I want to show you this now because it really is my [ __ ] niche. This was my [ __ ] So, first of all, I'm going to start with the offer.

Now, the offer, he was already selling a low ticket community, $60 a month for access, the community plus pics, and it was hosted on Discord, and he had roughly $54,000

21:26

in MR. I built out a high ticket offer, one-on-one, 5K for 6 months access.

He teaches them how to get the picks. That's all, just so they're not blindly copying him.

He does a weekly group call and a private group chat with the creator and the coach. 182.5K cash

21:42

collected in 14 days. And I don't even know what the exact metric is now, but from that same sales pipeline, we have made a lot more money than than than that initial 182.

Now, here's a quick list of what I did. This might look like a lot, but I created a ClickFunnels landing page with the VSSL.

I set up a

21:59

Type form application from that landing page. I set up a calendarly to book qualified leads into the calls.

And again, every single thing you're reading here, I have a whole segment on in this video. I onboarded a closer to take all the calls.

I posted an announcement revealing the new offer in the Discord.

22:14

We also sent an email blast announcing the new offer. And this is really the last big thing I did is I put a setter to text the non-bookings within 10 minutes of them filling the form, which means if they filled out the type form but didn't book a call, they were getting a text.

And the last thing I did is I onboarded a setter to DM every

22:30

single paid member inside the Discord from staff team accounts and have a convo pushing them to apply. That is everything I did to print out 100 $182,000 cash collected.

You can bang all this out in 48 hours.

22:47

Probably 24 hours to be honest. You you can do this in 24 hours.

Um I did it in a few days. Anyhow, metrics breakdown.

Here we go. 182.5K cash collected in 14 days.

I'm getting [ __ ] sick of of saying that over and over. Uh here we go.

He had 32,000 Instagram followers,

23:05

900 paid members, $60 a month. Which, by the way, sports betting is the only niche you can find this kind of ratio.

I don't really [ __ ] get it, but I promise you, if you run up this niche, you're going to see the same thing. You'll hop on calls with people that have 2,000 followers and 150 people in

23:22

their paid Discord. I don't know why, but it's it's a gold mine.

That there's a reason I ran this up so [ __ ] hard. 900 paid members at $60 a month.

He had roughly 54k MR when we launched the type form. We had roughly not roughly we had

23:37

378 type form fills is what it looks like. Now the only other thing you need to know cuz obviously this had more views and more people in it than there are like in the paid member section of the Discord.

What you need to know is sports betting groups tend to have a really high churn rate. We also posted

23:52

this in a section of the Discord with another 2,000 churn members, which means 2,000 people that had previously been subscribed also saw this. It didn't only go to the 900 current subscribed.

Now, of this 378 type form fills, 143, which

24:09

is 38% were qualified, meaning they either had the money to invest based on the answer they picked. They were saying they either had the money to invest in this or it means they're at least 18 and in the US.

so they could be financed. Of these 143, 92% of them booked a call.

24:27

131, which is a lot. This is high.

This is only this high because this was an ascension funnel. We were only hitting people that had already given us money before.

Normally, the numbers are not going to be this high. Again, the only reason they're that high is because we're specifically talking about people

24:43

that have already purchased something from us or most of them were already paying for something actively from us. 131 bookings, 92%.

Of those, 88% of them showed up. 116 calls came out of this.

116 conversations.

24:59

The way you can get such a high show up rate, again, it's probably not going to be that high unless an Ascension funnel, you only allow booking 48 hours in advance, which means if it's Tuesday, I can't book a call on Friday. I can only book it up to 48 hours.

And then also

25:14

sending multiple pre-all texts and follow-ups. and specifically a text from the closer with his profile picture and everything.

I get into all of this in a little bit later down the line um with my exact like sales framework and all that and how I do like the the pre-all, post call, all of that. I get into all

25:30

of this, but just to break down the case study of those 116 calls, 52 52 of them close, which is 45%, which is not insane uh for an essential funnel. It's not insane.

Now, for the people that did close, it was a 5K offer, $3,500 average

25:47

cash collected, including financing. That's what we received up front.

182 total cash collected and 260K total contract value. Now, even more people will be closed from the prospects in that initial days, and they have been as the follow-ups continue to go out.

And

26:02

at the end of these six months, many of these people will be successfully upsold because obviously they paid 5K for six months access. Now, the people that didn't close went into this framework right here.

This is like a little messed up and it's kind of annoying me.

26:17

There we go. That's what I'm talking about.

Imagine I had to do that for [ __ ] 30 hours straight pretty much making this. So, if they didn't close, we either got a deposit for $500 and scheduled the next meeting on that call and then went with more follow-ups, testimonials, case studies, that kind of thing.

Followed up. So, if they were the

26:35

kind of person that said, "Okay, I'm not going to buy, but I want to think about it." What we want to do is either schedule the next meeting on a call on the call or choose a date on call for a follow-up text. And the same thing, hitting them with testimonials.

If they didn't close, if they said, "Uh, I'm not

26:51

really feeling it right now." Whatever it is, couldn't close them. Then, same thing, hit them with tons of case studies, testimonials.

Guys, case studies, testimonials. This is so, so, so important.

I've had so many cases and I mean I mean literally like a prospect

27:07

would say something like this and they'd be like, "Oh, I don't think I want to do it, whatever, or I need to think about it." And I'd have the creator I'd be like, "Yo, post a result. Post a testimonial." They'll rip it on their story and 15 minutes later, they'd be like, "You know what?

I decided, "Fuck it. I want to do it." All because they saw that.

It's very, very powerful. And

27:23

then lastly, if they don't show, you just want to reschedule them. Email and text them to reschedule.

And then you can also hit them with follow-ups. And then if they ghost, just same thing.

Um, that's what you do with the no-shows. Don't be mad at no-shows.

Just try to help them through it. So, out of the 260k contract value, this is what you

27:38

have to know. And this happened, by the way.

Again, this text is all previous from like the previous case study I did, but this happened now. So, at the time, we were just running the creator's high ticket.

What we did is we made a deal to revamp his low ticket, which did give us around 20% revshare of the entire

27:56

funnel. We actually got 25% of the whole funnel, including the low ticket that was already doing $54,000 a month.

This is where I always say, you do not want to run an agency. All you need is one to two, maybe three creators under your belt to completely change your life.

You

28:14

don't want to run this like an agency. You don't want to run these people like an agency client.

If you run this more like a partnership and you just want to get a couple solid partners and offers to run up, you'll make a lot more [ __ ] money than just trying to pick up whatever you can and running it like an agency. This is also why I advise you guys to just get your foot in the

28:30

creator's business first. You don't have to start with a massive rev share and a 10K monthly retainer.

All you have to do is what we did here. We went in, we got a percent, we made the money with the high ticket.

Then once we made the money with the high ticket, you will have them begging you to take more equity. Once we

28:45

made the money with the high ticket, it was so [ __ ] easy to get a percent of the low ticket because he was like, "Holy [ __ ] these guys know what they know what the [ __ ] they're doing. Done.

Let's run it." Now, of this $182,000 cash collected that we made from this offer, the real question is, how much

29:01

did we actually make in our pocket? And again, I ran this up with a mentee.

I don't know if I mentioned that yet, but here we go. This is the rev share split on this.

Now, the closer took 8%, so he made almost 15 grand. mentee took 10% he made 18 grand and I made a little under

29:18

10 grand. I made nine grand myself.

Now you might be thinking the closer made more money than me, right? What the [ __ ] What?

Well, I'm just going to go become a closer. Why would I become an operator?

Here's the difference. The closer only has a time to run one offer

29:34

at a time. I had time to enjoy my life and simultaneously run up eight total offers like this for 600k total cash collected and obviously make way more money than him in that period because he was only on one offer since I can literally output eight times the value

29:50

as him. The difference is the closer is trading his time for money.

I'm trading my knowledge and my experience for money. To set up the entire funnel with my mentee, it took an hour sitting on call.

It actually took like a couple days, but you get what I'm saying. The majority of it, the only thing that took a couple days was messaging the [ __ ]

30:06

closers and [ __ ] and waiting for replies. But actually making a landing page, like that genuinely took us one hour on call together sharing screen.

It took an hour for the for the main thing that everyone's going to go through for all you have to do is make a landing page and a type form. It took an hour.

So here's a quick comparison between me

30:22

and the closer. Okay, first of all, the closer he sat on 8 to nine calls every day for two weeks straight.

That is a full-time job. That's a nineto-ive job pretty much.

You're sitting there for I mean [ __ ] 12 hours. And it's not like

30:37

he can do [ __ ] in between. You also have to remember if he has a call booked at 100 p.m.

and then that call no shows him but he has another one at 2 p.m. then he just has to sit there and wait because he doesn't have enough time to go do [ __ ] You get what I'm saying?

It traps

30:54

you all day long when you're taking calls all day. Whereas me, at the exact same time I was running this, I flew to Cape Town to party for the week, which you should watch this video, by the way.

It was [ __ ] funny. Um, I flew first class back to Dubai after that.

I made another video in first class. And

31:11

then when I got back, me and all my friends drove supercars through the mountains, which I also made a video doing with my iPhone. This is all literally iPhone videos, by the way.

Um, but my point is I did all of this while running eight offers or not eight offers

31:27

like an Yeah. eight offers while running eight offers while he was closing for one.

Okay. So, do you want to be a closer or do you want to be an operator?

I know if you're watching this video, you probably already know the answer to that. You probably already figured it out yourself.

But just to really nail it down into your head and also nail down

31:44

how amazing this business model is, I wanted to give you that comparison. Now, obviously, like I said too, I ran that creator up with a mentee.

My mentee, if you're wondering why, he has more equity than me. That's how I run this.

I take the minority percentage and then my

31:59

mentees are the ones that are actively communicating on a day-to-day basis. And I'm kind of taking a backseat, making sure everything runs, obviously offering my advice.

When it comes to the big stuff, building the landing page, we do that on call together, sharing a screen, that sort of thing. Um, which is why the

32:15

mentee gets a higher percentage because they're the ones actually talking to the creator daily and making sure we keep the creator, which is why I even opened my own program in the first place. So, I wanted to take on more creators.

I wanted more clients. This is my way of doing so without having a ton of overset

32:31

overhead and building a massive team to oversee all these creators just for them to still feel like an agency client. Why would I do that when I can partner with a mentee, have my mentee work with them so closely to where we actually keep them as a partnership client more than

32:47

an agency client? Hopefully that makes sense to you guys.

Um, but that is why my mentee has a higher percentage than me. And I when I made this case study, I had a lot of people asking me that, so I wanted to explain it in this video.

That is why. Okay.

Next, I'm going to show you how to farm leads. When I say farm

33:03

leads, I mean literally setting up a system so that you can get infinite [ __ ] amounts of leads. Um, it's lead gathering basically.

So, here we go. We're jumping straight into it.

Now, first of all, I'm going to break down like all the platforms and which ones you actually want leads from and that

33:20

sort of thing. And then I'm also going to show you how to actually do it.

I'm going to give you an example and also how to automate it. So, starting here, I'm consistently sending DMs to 40 qualified leads per day.

used to be more like 50. Now rate limits and everything, it's like 3540.

I'm sending 40 qualified

33:36

DMs per day. Now, most people have trouble finding even 20 good leads.

So, I'm going to show you how I do it. Now, first of all, there's only five platforms to consider when you're choosing creators to work with.

These are those five platforms ranked. I made like a little uh tier list.

So, S tier,

33:53

the best is YouTube. Um, right under that would be Twitter.

These are super high quality demographic. Instagram would be under that just because it's easy to find leads and those people are fine to work with.

Now D at the bottom here is Tik Tok lowquality demo and

34:11

LinkedIn super slow movers. The only reason this is not F is because you actually can close them really really easily.

It's just like so few of them are actually going to end up following through. I'm going to explain all of it, but this is what it looks like.

Now,

34:27

here's a breakdown of each platform from worst to best and how to farm leads on them. First of all, LinkedIn, like I said before, super slow movers.

It's very easy to get clients, but impossible to make money because everyone moves at a snail pace. Now, I'm going to explain

34:44

my story with LinkedIn. So, I this was back when I was running my Discord agency.

Actually, I had outsourced my LinkedIn. If you look at my LinkedIn now, it was active like a year or two ago is when I was still selling the service.

Um, I was literally just tell selling Discord setups for like five

35:00

grand. It was that kind of thing.

When I was doing this, I hired a good friend of mine, Ty Franco. He's still a great guy, by the way, and he does like a LinkedIn agency full-time.

I put him on this and I was like, "Yo, run it up." Like I said, you can still go look at it, see all the old posts he would make. Um, and he ran it the [ __ ] up.

I mean, I was

35:17

literally like, "Holy [ __ ] this guy just made my whole business." like the amount of leads he was getting and book calls and everything was crazy. And by the looks of it, they were all qualified people.

They all had audiences on LinkedIn. Like I was lit as [ __ ] I was like, damn.

And then coming to actually

35:34

get on getting on the calls with these people is the same thing. They were all closing.

It was all a breeze. And then it would come down to actually building the offer and launching it.

And I'd be getting hit with like, yeah, I can have the course done in six months. And I like multiple times multiple times this

35:51

happened to where I was like genuinely I had closed like 10 people and none of them had launched in like a month and I was just like this platform is cooked. Like these people just move too slow and ever since then I have not touched LinkedIn.

So that's my experience with

36:06

LinkedIn. Really easy to close, really hard to actually make [ __ ] money with.

Next is Tik Tok. By the way, shout out Ty Franco.

Great guy. Um Tik Tok lowquality demo.

It's hard to get your DM seen as well. So, like a lot of times they won't even have an Instagram link to their profile because again all my

36:23

outreach, no matter what platform I find them on, I send them a DM on Instagram. Tik Tok, if you send a DM there, they're probably not going to see it and a lot of times there's no Instagram links.

You have to search for it separate. It's hard to find.

So, I would consider Tik Tok down there um when it comes to this. And of course, it's a demo.

It's a lot

36:39

of foreign. A lot of foreign.

Next is Instagram. Getting a lot better here.

So, it's super easy to find leads on Instagram. You can literally find hundreds at a time.

Here's how to do it. And it's the best plat form for getting your DM seen.

Even though YouTube is my favorite. When I find someone on YouTube, I DM them on Instagram.

I send

36:55

all my DMs on Instagram regardless of the platform I find them on. And I can easily pull dozens of leads at a time from Instagram.

Here's how I do it. So, first I search the niche.

So, I literally just find one account. So, I'll search e-commerce.

Once I find one, I will go to their followed accounts.

37:12

And usually they're following hundreds of people in the same niche. And then you can also look at their recommended accounts.

So if you just click this little plus button next to follow and message, you click the plus, it'll pop up with like a dozen of these guys. And usually it's going to be a creator in the same or similar niche.

You can get

37:28

all of that just from one account. So now in one go I have like a 100 leads from finding one account.

It's really easy to find leads on Instagram. Next is Twitter.

Twitter is unique because the only way you're going to get your DM seen is if you have mutuals. And also,

37:44

let me say the the the quality of demo on Twitter is absolutely huge. When I was running my Discord agency a couple years ago, immediately off rip, I hopped on Twitter.

This is when I first made an agency. I did not know how to get clients, nothing.

I hopped on Twitter. I started tweeting the first month.

38:01

think I did like 40 grand or some something around there. Somewhere between like 30 and 50.

Um, I think it was like I I ripped like a 40k month. My first month because I had a tweet that got like 130 likes or something and I got a bunch of of clients from that.

And

38:17

again, this was selling a service for 5K. I ripped that much.

I got almost 10 clients from my first month tweeting. This is what I'm getting at.

Very high quality demo on here, especially for info products, too. Even a lot of my own mentees, they found me on Twitter and I

38:32

barely tweet on there now. Now, the only way you're going to get your DM seen is if you have mutuals.

That's the thing. So, this means you need to run up Twitter organically and have a following to get any poll whatsoever with cold outreach, which I'm about to show you.

Now, an example from my DMs. These are my Twitter DMs.

Look, as you can see,

38:49

the only ones that sent stand out are the ones with this followed by and 13 others followed by and 17 others. This shows me it's someone like actually worth looking at.

And I won't even open the other ones. These ones are just like, "Hey, Dustin, blah blah blah." Hello.

like just [ __ ] But these

39:04

ones when they have that under it, that's what makes Twitter so powerful is it has that. It's really really big.

Now, how come all of these have like a random [ __ ] eye in the middle? It's so annoying.

I keep having to fix that. Anyhow, here's a quick Twitter guide.

This is how to make your Twitter profile look good. Start getting engagement on

39:20

Twitter so that you can run it up. This is so annoying.

There we go. I fixed it.

Okay. First of all, optimizing your profile.

You want your first and last name as your username. So mine is just Dustin Verono.

You need your face somewhere either in the profile picture

39:36

or the header. So mine is in my profile pick.

Header is just whatever. And then you need a bio about the business model.

Mine is just skill info products and Discords. I'm always changing this up too.

So it might be different when you're watching this, but that's what it is right now. Now replies are the most important.

How it works on Twitter. This

39:51

is literally the whole formula right here. Your account will not grow if you're tweeting to no audience.

So all you have to do is reply to people. 30 to 50 replies a day.

one to two normal tweets per day. How this works is if you just hop on and start tweeting, it's not like it's going to send your tweet to

40:07

the for you page. Twitter does not work like that.

You need to get engaged by someone. So, what you do is you want to send 30 to 50 replies a day.

You don't have to come up with some crazy [ __ ] You just send it shouldn't take you more than 10 seconds to think of a reply. If it does, keep scrolling.

Follow people that are in the same niche. Engage with

40:22

them in the same niche. Once they keep seeing you, they're eventually going to follow you.

And when I say eventually, I mean after a day or two, they'll follow you. You you'll get some like nice followers.

And then once you do start tweeting, which I would wait one or two days, then when you post your first tweet, all it takes is one of those

40:38

people to like it, and it's going to send it to their followers. And then boom, now you've kickstarted your Twitter.

That's all you got to do. One to two tweets a day, 30 to 50 replies a day, just tweeting your thoughts.

That's it. Moving on up here, the last one.

YouTube, the highest quality demographic

40:54

and literally the king of the info space right now. I [ __ ] love it.

It's the best platform right now easily and the highest dollar per follower by a [ __ ] long shot. If your creator is posting extremely niche valuebased videos, they're going to hit their exact ICP

41:11

on YouTube. This is literally all that [ __ ] matters.

If I don't if I even if I close them not on YouTube, I get them on YouTube immediately. YouTube is the king.

A lot of this video is about YouTube. Honestly, I have a whole section with my YouTube strategy.

It's so important. Now, if someone is getting 5,000 views a month on YouTube,

41:29

I'm trying to explain this. I can take someone, they're getting 5,000 views, 5,000 views per month.

If they post a video a week, that's like a little over a,000 views a video. I could take someone getting that many views and make them 20K a month immediately, which is literally a,000 views a video.

Look at

41:45

my own coaching offer, for example. $62.8,000 cash collected in June.

Here you go. Card payments, z payments, all of it.

62.8K AK total. Again, this is a low volume month.

I usually do higher. I didn't post for 40 days.

Lost money to processing fees. A bunch of reasons I'm

42:00

giving here that it's lower. Um, but that's to make my point here, which is literally even with this being lower, 63K.

This is what it looked like. 15,000 views in total.

So, in that exact same time

42:17

period, in the month of June, June 1st to June 30th, I gained 15 almost a little under little under 16 15,000 views. 300 subscribers.

That's what I gained. Okay, look at that.

15897. Of that, I made 62.8K, which means every

42:34

view paid me $3.95. If we were to use that same statistic, that means that by you watching this video right now, you just paid me at least $4, which it's probably more than that because again, like I said, this was a a month where I

42:50

didn't really post and the video you're watching right now is very, very, very niche specific. So, I'm sure we'll do better.

Now, the only catch when it comes to this is it can be difficult to find a high volume of leads. It's hard to find a lot of leads on YouTube

43:05

because first of all, all you can really do is search and searches usually only show the bigger videos. So, the only way to fix this is is by filtering.

So, I'll literally search the niche and I'll sort by upload date. That's the best that you can do when it comes to finding YouTube

43:21

leads. But my point is, working with people on YouTube is honestly a [ __ ] blessing.

And it's so easy to run up offers on YouTube. Like I said, you can grab someone getting a,000 views a video and instantly rip them 20k a month with a high ticket offer if you set up

43:37

everything correctly. That is insane.

And someone can start getting a,000 views a video immediately on their second video. They can be hitting that.

The YouTube algorithm is very favorable in that way. It will it will show your videos to your ICP.

So, please work with people on YouTube. Now, when it comes to

43:53

all this, you want to choose one platform and put all your focus onto that and pair that with focusing on two niches and your outreach will be massively simplified. And I kind of already explained it, but again, I'm about to explain this in the context of the outreach DM itself.

Now, here's how

44:09

to actually find the leads in practice. So, I just kind of explained it all to you.

The only way, the only one I really need you to show, I already showed you Instagram, is YouTube. So, all I'm going to do, I'm going to pull this up on incognito just so it's uh it's easier here.

Go to

44:25

YouTube and we'll search like e-commerce for example. Okay, let it load or or I'll look up how to start e-commerce.

I'll search something like that. Then we'll go to filters and I'll sort it by upload date.

And then all you have to do is look at

44:40

the views and the times. A lot of them are going to be [ __ ] It's probably going to be better on your actual YouTube account cuz you're not going to get so much foreign [ __ ] cuz this is like all India.

I might actually just have to Okay, I I have to do this on my actual YouTube cuz it's giving me a bunch of foreign [ __ ] cuz I'm on Inkcog. But here you go.

Like this is a perfect

44:57

example of someone how to start a print on demand. As you can see, it's not that easy.

But how to start a print on demand from nothing. My story.

667 views one day ago. Jeez, my internet.

Um, we'll go to his profile. He got 86K subscribers.

45:14

So yeah, look, this is like a really solidsized person. This is someone that I would want to work with.

I'm assuming based on how many subscribers he has and how long he's been doing this, he probably already has his funnel worked out. Um, but this is literally someone I would outreach to.

So just like that, I found one lead. That's my point.

45:30

obviously niches like that, it's going to be harder. The more subniche you can you can get, it'll be easier to find leads doing that.

But there you go. That's how to that's how to find that.

And again, guys, YouTube is [ __ ] king. Instagram is easiest for finding leads.

YouTube is the best people to

45:46

work with. I will say it forever.

There's a reason I [ __ ] pretty much just focus on YouTube. I barely tweet.

I post on Instagram here and there. YouTube, that's all I care about for hitting my ICP.

YouTube's king. Next up is optimizing your Instagram profile.

46:01

So, this is very important and I know I keep saying that, but this is like the most important and I have something I came up with called the 8020 rule. This is the most overlooked thing easily.

Most people, they're putting all their focus onto the outreach message itself.

46:16

I'm about to I'm about to completely flip that on you. I have the highest converting outreach message in the entire game.

Now, do you sell one mentorship was this message? If you are a creator, there is a 100% chance you got this DM before.

I'm not even joking.

46:31

This was like for me, I ran this up for like I want to say like a year before saying anything about it. It worked so [ __ ] well.

And then unfortunately I made this video and it got 14,000 views and every growth operator ran it up and I saturated my own strategy. So this this message does not work anymore.

46:47

mean it does but not like it [ __ ] used to. Um however the message I meant to say itself.

The message itself is not the most important factor. It's the account you are sending the DM from that is the most important factor.

47:03

I don't know how I [ __ ] that up. Now, that's where the 8020 rule, Holy [ __ ] even a little eye here.

That's where the 8020 rule comes into play. 80% of the focus should be on the account and 20% should be on the DM.

I'm getting getting into the DM next. That's where I'm going to show you the actual DM you need to

47:18

send since this one is cooked. Um, but 80% of your focus should not be on setting the DMs, the DM.

It needs to be on the account. Making sure the account looks good.

It looks active. Would you answer this guy's DM?

I'm sorry for this guy, but he has no profile pick. 100 followers.

47:34

The message is [ __ ] too. Would you answer this guy?

No. What is this?

It's a bot. Okay.

He needed to put 80% of his focus on the account. That's what he needed.

Social proof is the number one most important thing. When somebody clicks on your profile, they need to know immediately you do this business

47:51

model first time. First, you do it full-time.

First of all, besides you doing it full-time, you're successful with it. You need to portray that.

Even if it's not true. Here's an example.

Look at my Instagram account. Obviously, not all of you are going to be able to have pictures in Dubai in front of Ferraris and Lambos and you're

48:07

showing your penthouse and all that [ __ ] You're not going to be able to do that. Um, but even this, like me showing a breakdown on a whiteboard.

Obviously, it's kind of low quality on here. You can't see it.

Me showing a breakdown on a whiteboard of an info product offer with a beautiful view behind me. How the [ __ ] can you beat that social proof?

48:22

Now, here's everything you need. Ideally, you want Metaverified if you can, um, which will just give you the check mark.

profile picture as a picture of your face. Six to nine feed posts.

So, you need a full filled up feed. One to two of them need to be of you.

They don't need to all be of you. Um, ideally

48:39

they are, but if you can't, then you know, at least one or two of them of you. A bio about the business model.

So, mine is just Ice Scale Info Products, name as your first and last name, and then at least 500 followers. If you've got to buy 500 followers, then do it.

If you don't have 500, that's how you're going to make your your Instagram

48:54

profile look good. And again, 80% of your focus needs to be on the profile.

When someone looks at your profile, they need to know this is what you do. And if you have to spend 80% of your time making stories and things like that, now I didn't really talk about stories here,

49:10

but if you have stories, that's really [ __ ] good. If you can make YouTube videos, too, like I get into this a little bit later in this video.

Um, even one of my mentees is really ripping it with this, which I put a full I put this whole section of us talking about it, by the way, on a coaching call. I put that in this video as well.

But, um, he's

49:28

doing Myro videos to get creators. So, videos like this, how I'm getting my ICP, my mentees from these videos.

He's doing similar style videos, 30-minute Myro videos, except he's getting creators from it. So, it's a similar thing.

U, but I just want to show you guys like posting content, that sort of

49:44

thing. Not only is it good for nurturing for, you know, your DM outreach, but you can get clients from that as well.

But when it comes to that, even having like a YouTube video linked in your Instagram bio or having a results highlight, all the things I have on my Instagram, just look at my Instagram and copy me as best as you can, okay? Because that's all

50:02

you're going to need. And um that's how you get responses is is you need you need a nice profile.

It needs to be your majority focus. And if you don't have any good pictures of yourself, then take some.

Go outside, have a friend take a picture of you next to a nice view or something. Everyone can come up with

50:19

something. If you don't have pictures of a nice dinner, take one off Google.

Just make a nice looking Instagram. That's all you got to do.

Okay. Next, probably the most juicer part of this whole section is the DM outreach itself.

I'm finally getting into the actual DM

50:34

outreach, sending the DMs. How the [ __ ] do I go from a lead to a client?

That's all in this part right here. And I'm also showing you how one of my mentees is making 48k a month from just two clients using this strategy I'm about to show you.

So let's jump straight into

50:50

it. Here you go.

DM outreach 40k a month from two clients. This is going to be a [ __ ] juicer.

Where do I even start this one off? I don't even remember where I started this.

Oh, up here. Here we go.

This is my entire outreach strategy. So, from the initial messages I send to how I pitch over DMs to the Loom video I send after they show

51:06

interest to how I get them on a call and even how I outsource and automate the entire thing. Sorry, I just want to make sure I'm recording before I juice into this.

So, this is my tripwire strategy. Every time you send a DM, you give them a chance to ghost you.

So, my whole

51:22

strategy here is to keep it as few DMs as possible and get on a call with them as quickly as possible. as little back and forth as as you can, which is broken up into three sections here.

One is the initial DM, two is the pitch you send over text, and then three is the Loom

51:38

video, which is like the video total final pitch. Starting off with number one is just the initial DM you send.

So after you find a lead, you send them a DM. This was the original message I was sending, which I told you guys about before.

Do you sell oneonone mentorship?

51:53

I literally became known for this. Everyone has seen this DM.

Every creator has seen this at least once in their DMs. If you're a creator and you're watching this, go search it right now.

You're gonna find it. You've gotten this DM before.

I invented this [ __ ] I ran it up first. I want my glory.

I want my

52:09

credit where it's due. This is my [ __ ] DM.

Everyone else tried to copy me and make other course videos and tell people to do this. I did it first.

It's saturated now. Don't do it.

Don't do it anyways. But also, something you need to know aside from the message itself is

52:25

rate limits. If you don't follow these rate limits I'm about to give you, your DMs will hit spam.

They'll hit hidden requests. No creator will ever see your DM.

Even if they decide to open your DM and click accept, in the hidden request, it will give them a warning and say this account may be spam. No recruit no

52:41

creator is ever going to [ __ ] with you, okay? It's not going to happen.

So, here you go. I used to send 50 DMs a day.

Now, I won't do more than 30 to 40. I would say like 35ish is good.

I usually send about 35 40. Um, what you do is you send four to six over the span of an hour.

So, you know, every 10 minutes,

52:56

something like that. Then you wait an hour.

You don't send anything. And then you repeat it.

You do that all throughout the day until you hit like 3540 total. And I also take one day off per week with no sending at all to let the account cool down.

You can be a little bit more lenient based on how old your account is. If your Instagram

53:12

account is 5 years old, you know what I mean? Then like maybe you can send a little you you be a little bit more lenient with it.

Um, but I used to I started getting rate limited like 50. So now I've been doing like 3540 for a while now and I've been good there.

So, I would stay I would stay there. Now,

53:28

this initial DM is the number one or at least was the number one converting DM for no or for two reasons. Do you sell one mentorship?

Here you go. One, it fits inside the entire preview line.

So, they know it's not a pitch, which I'm about to show. And two, they're most

53:43

likely going to reply because they think you're interested in their program. That's the biggest thing.

This is why majority of these people are going to answer. They see that DM, do you sell one mentorship?

and they think, "Oh, this guy is interested in buying." That's what you want. And then, of course, it fitting inside the preview

53:58

line. This is what it looks like.

This is what a creator's DM request looks like. Here's an example for my inbox.

Okay. And I'm not a big creator, by the way.

Let's see. Hey, Dustin, just Hey, Dustin.

I was wondering if Hey, Dustin, would you need a Hey, bro. Do

54:14

you have any Yo, brother, are you looking to hire? The whole message is their introduction saying, "Hi, what the [ __ ] I don't even know what it is.

Why am I going to open it and reply?" Instagram allows roughly 38 characters to be seen in the preview

54:31

line. That's this line before it turns into a dot dot dot.

And that's including spaces. So, by having the entire DM fit in that preview line, it shows them that first, it's not a pitch.

They can see the whole message. They know it's not a pitch.

And two, there's not a hidden

54:46

pitch when you open the DM. Like when I see this, hey, I love your content, I know this guy has paragraphs underneath pitching me some [ __ ] that I don't give a [ __ ] about.

So, I'm not going to open that one either. But when you see, do someone mentorship and it shows up just like a normal question someone's asking, that's going to stand out like

55:02

crazy. Now, like I said before, this unfortunately is now saturated.

So, you've got to change the wording up. This is the wording that I've come up with.

It's a chat GBT prompt, so you can modify this and give it a few other examples. Um, this is what it looks like.

So you say, "I'm sending this

55:18

message to creators in hopes to start a conversation with them regarding me helping them scale their coaching offer. Come up with however many different variations of this that are 38 characters or under, including spaces and punctuation." And you give it some examples.

So I said this, I gave it two examples. Do you sell one mentorship?

55:34

you offer coaching? This is what it gave me.

Do you do you coach oneonone? Are you coaching clients?

Is coaching part of your business? Do you offer coaching calls?

This is a good one. Do you offer coaching calls?

Anything along these lines? I would again chat GBT it, have it send a list of your own so you can

55:49

take a look at that. Um, and then just send from that list, but you want to keep the same idea under 38 characters and the same thing.

You want them to feel like, oh, you know, this is someone interested. I'm going to answer.

There you go. Now, outside of the initial DM, now that we've covered that, you know exactly what type of initial DM to send,

56:06

which, by the way, if you do that right and you have a nice looking profile, you're going to have extremely high reply rates, which I'm about to break all that down and exactly what that looks like and how to outsource it. But I literally break all of it down.

Um, but here we go. Second is the pitch.

And real quick before I get into the pitch, again, the

56:22

whole automating and breaking it down, that's next. So, I'm about to get into that.

But second, the pitch. So, before you pitch them, you need to funnel hack them.

You need to identify what they're already selling and just fill the gap. First, you need to understand someone in bisops, someone selling something about

56:38

making money, making money online, they're already going to be selling something pretty much 100% of the time. they already have some type of info product for sale.

So, you need to abolish this limiting belief and that is most people are going to tell you to

56:53

only go for creators that aren't selling anything. All these other growth op guys, that's what they say.

That's total [ __ ] I actually prefer creators that are already selling something. Now, this video explains exactly why.

Um, and

57:09

I break down the entire thing in this video. And now, look, let me say this real quick.

This is a video I recorded in Cape Town. It's a fire video.

Um, but it explains exactly why you want to work with people that already have an established audience or already have

57:24

customers or already sell something. Because if they already sell something, all you have to do is plug in another offer.

Boom. You make instant money because there's already customers there.

So, I'm going to play this video super super quick. Again, video I did in Cape Town.

It's a fire ass video. I'm going

57:41

to play it super super quick. let you watch that.

Please watch it and understand the entire thing and then continue watching this part here. Now, a lot of you guys are being fed misinformation.

Um, you don't really understand how the info game actually works and what really goes into info

57:57

products and how to actually print a [ __ ] ton of money out of it because it's way easier than it looks. And there's many, many scenarios where everyone is going wrong with the growth operating, taking the wrong approach, you know?

So, this video I kind of just want to break it down. first time doing one of these whiteboard videos.

So bear with me. I'm

58:13

in uh Cape Town, South Africa right now. Taking a quick uh like one or two week break from Dubai.

Going back to Dubai soon. Anyhow though, so here's what I want to get into your guys' heads.

So info info products are literally it's all

58:31

broken down into numbers. I'm specifically speaking to growth operators in this video, by the way.

people that want to partner with creators and help them sell info products. That's who I'm speaking to in this video.

And I want you guys to understand a few major things. The current growth operating model is

58:47

completely broken. Everyone has this idea that they're going to partner with some golden [ __ ] goose creator that doesn't sell anything and has a million followers and oh, put the 1% rule.

They're going to have this many people buy. It's going to make this much money.

It doesn't work like that anymore. Okay?

59:03

You're not going to find someone with a massive following, especially someone in the bisop space. Because you guys need to understand, the bisop niche is going to make more money than any other niche out there.

Why? Okay, think about it.

If you're buying a a course on drop shipping, for example, whatever it is, anything that has to do with making money or making money online, you're

59:19

willing to spend way more money on something you can get an ROI from versus if you buy a fitness program or something like that, you know, that money is gone. Obviously, you know, it's going to your fitness goals, but you're not receiving an ROI on that money.

That money is gone. So obviously people are willing to spend a lot more on things

59:34

that they can get a return from, which is why Bisop typically does the best when it comes to these niches. This whole dream that you're going to find a creator with a million followers that doesn't sell anything like it's just it's not going to happen to be perfectly honest with you guys.

But I don't want you guys to take that and think, "Oh

59:51

[ __ ] uh, growth operating doesn't work." I have the solution. So here's the solution.

I don't know why I wrote just info on here. Again, first time doing this, guys, so I don't even really know what I'm supposed to write on this.

But obviously, this will get more views if I have a whiteboard rather than just me standing

00:06

here talking. So that's uh that's the purpose of this whiteboard.

Anyhow, here's what you can do. Here's how you need to see this.

So every offer there's Okay, let me write this out. So there's a low ticket, low ticket,

00:22

high ticket, and there's also mid ticket minus software upsells, that sort of thing. Wow, that handwriting from the side is really [ __ ] bad.

Low ticket, mid ticket, high ticket, those are the offers that you can sell. Mid ticket usually doesn't come till later until after it scales and then you know you can fit a mid ticket in there, but I

00:39

like having a high ticket and a low ticket. Now, this is where it gets really good.

Most creators, pretty much all of them don't have both. They might have a low ticket community, that's all they sell.

Or they might sell 101 mentorship, that's all they sell. It's not often that they sell high ticket,

00:55

low ticket, especially not a mid ticket. Like I I don't see a lot of people selling three different types of offers, which is really, really good because all that means is you can pitch people the inverse.

So, for example, if somebody has a high ticket mentorship and it's $4,000, something like that, they have

01:13

tons of unqualified leads that can't afford $4,000. $4,000.

Okay. The [ __ ] [ __ ] bird just flew into the window.

Anyhow, $4,000. Okay.

High

01:29

ticket. There's a lot of people.

Say, say that person gets a 100 type form fills for their high ticket. It depends where the traffic's coming from, where they're posting the type form, obviously, but let's say 50 of them don't have qualified budgets.

01:46

So, you can slash that 100. 50 of them are qualified, 50 are unqualified.

Now, what usually happens is the 50 unqualified people, they just don't sell them anything. It's just, oh, okay, goodbye.

There's nothing to sell to these 50 people. You just cut out half

02:01

of these highly interested buyers because they don't have enough money for the high ticket. So, why don't you just sell them a low ticket?

That's what a lot of these creators don't understand. Because you guys have to remember when it come when it comes to growth operating, the reason you need to work with these people and the reason creators need your help is because they

02:16

don't know what they're doing. They don't understand funnels, they don't understand all this, even if they're already selling info products, they don't really have a full grasp on what they're doing.

So, what you can do is you can either waste those 50 leads of people that have money or

02:33

you can sell them a $100 per month community. And now you're building MR.

Here's what you're doing. You're doing three things.

Let me wipe this down. Okay.

Now, you're selling a $100 a month

02:49

community. You're doing a few things.

So the first thing you're doing obviously you are building MR so you're building a full new revenue stream literally monthly recurring revenue stream you are most importantly

03:07

nurturing to high ticket. So, what you're doing when you get people at a $100 a month subscription, first of all, this also works for people that don't end up buying the high ticket.

Okay? Maybe they are a qualified

03:23

buyer and they don't buy a high ticket product from a creator. Guess what?

They can buy a low ticket and then if they get overloaded on value and they see, "Wow, this $100 was really, really worth my money." Then boom, they get upsold. They want to buy the high ticket.

And the same thing, if people don't have the money to put up four or five grand,

03:40

whatever it is, but they can put up a hundred bucks, you can nurture them. you can keep them in the community and then often times when that person does have enough money, they love the value, they loved all of that.

So now they're going to be upsold into the high ticket. Now the scenario I just gave you is taking someone with a high ticket offer and building building them out a low ticket

03:55

to basically sell to everyone that can't afford the high ticket. And it works the exact same, the inverse.

So say for example, somebody has a low ticket. It's pretty obvious.

I don't even need to [ __ ] draw this one out. But if someone has a low ticket, they have a bunch of people paying a subscription, you can go and you can upsell all those

04:11

people because obviously if they're in a community and they like the value from it and they like the person they're learning from. Say it's a a stock trading discord.

I'll give you a good example. Say say it's a community like a stock trading discord and say they give alerts.

So if you guys are unfamiliar, stock trading discords literally it's

04:26

just like copy paste. So they'll they'll post in channels like what trades to take and then you just copy them, you take the trades, you make money.

Now, a lot of those people want to actually be able to trade on their own. They don't want to just sit there and copycat everything.

So, a high ticket upsell in that case works very, very, very well

04:44

because say it's a $100 a month subscription for a trading group. You can easily pop in there, do a 5 to 6K onetime fee for 101 mentorship where the person that's posting all those alerts, all those winning trades, will actually teach that person how they're finding the trades in the first place rather

04:59

than just saying, "Hey, copy these trades." And oh my goodness, so many people will pay for that. So let me give a a numbers example now.

Let's say there is a trading group with 200 paid members.

05:14

And for the sake of this example, we'll assume it's a premium community. So we'll say 200 people all paying $100 a month.

So, it is generating 20K

05:30

per month. Now, all they have to do, and this this is what I love about High Ticket so much, is you can go into a business that's doing low ticket revenue like this, and you can literally create them the simplest funnel.

All you need to

05:45

sell high ticket to these 200 people is one thing, a setter to message every single member of that community, have a conversation with them, and then slip in a type form link as well as just posting a type form wherever the community is. Say it's on Discord, you just post a

06:01

type form and announcements, make it a big announcement. Hey, we just open mentorship.

It's that simple. So, let's say we did exactly that for this trading community here.

I'm just making numbers up, by the way. This is not like a [ __ ] case study or something.

I'm giving an example. So, all we're going to do here,

06:18

200 people paying 100 bucks a month. It's making 20K a month.

All we're going to do is make a type form and upsell them. So, let's say the Let me block this off.

So, let's say it is $5,000. That's the price that we decide is going to be the cost of the mentorship,

06:35

five grand. So, let's say we do a type form.

Now, out of these 200 people, just for example, let's say we get 50 of them to fill the type form. 50 fills.

Now, because this is a $100 a month

06:50

community, which is on the high end of monthly subscription communities, we can assume that this demographic is going to be pretty high quality. So, out of these 50 fills, let's say it's $5,000.

minimum that we'll accept is 2.5K down.

07:11

So the mentorship is 5 grand. If we were doing payment plans, the minimum we'd accept is 2.5K down.

And we get 50 fills. Now, of these 50 fills, we'll say 30 of them have qualified budgets.

07:28

30 of them have qualified budgets, meaning they can match the 2.5K down, or they can get financed. A lot of you guys don't know, if you're using a processor like Fan Basis, that's the one I use, people can actually get financed if they're above 18, if they're in the US, if they have a credit score, they can actually get financed.

So, even if they

07:45

don't have 2 and a half grand to put down, they can split that up. They can split down, they can split the whole 5K up into like $200 a month payments over like 24 months or whatever whatever the math comes out to.

But you can literally do a 24-month loan for an info product, which is [ __ ] crazy. And assuming,

08:02

like I said, $100 a month, usually that's going to mean a lot of these people are US, especially if they're trading to the trading US markets. Like, we can assume all these people are of age and in the US.

So, we'll say 30 people of those 50 are qualified. Now, after filling out the type form, we'll

08:17

say 26 of them book a call. Sometimes you get a few that just uh don't book a call for whatever reason.

Usually, you can get those people though, you can just message them after they filled the form and be like, "Hey, I noticed you didn't book a call." And you give them a spot to book. Now, of these 26 people that booked, let's say

08:34

we only let people book up to 48 hours in advance. I really hope you guys can't hear that [ __ ] bug chirping, whatever that is.

Of these 26 people that booked, now let's say of these 26 people that booked, we only let people book up to 48

08:49

hours in advance, and we gave them multiple text reminders of the call. So, we can safely say that like 24 of them show up.

24 show up. Geez, this is a lot harder to [ __ ] write like this than it looks.

I promise

09:04

you guys. So, we'll say of those 26 book, 24 of them actually show up to the call.

24 might be a little high, actually. We'll just say 22.

We'll say 22 of those people show up. If it's a good offer, if it has a guarantee, you're talking to all these qualified people, and it's all

09:21

people that have already been paying for the low ticket community, I guarantee you this would be at least a 50% close rate. That might sound high to some of you guys, especially if the owner of the community is taking these calls.

That's a 50% close rate easily. So, we'll say 11 close.

09:38

And just between the financing and how much they put down and how many paid in full, we can just say the average close is going to be 4K. Just for simplicity, $4,000.

So just by this, just running a super quick simple upsell, we just added

09:57

$44,000 into this offer. And now they have a high ticket as well.

So this is where you can actually start funneling people through from the low ticket into the high ticket. And this is literally just like a basic launch.

Literally a type

10:12

form link and taking some calls can easily whip out 45k out of this trading community. Anyhow, I hope that made some sense to you guys and I hope that clears up cuz man, I just keep getting so many messages from people like saying, "Hey, I can't find any creators that like uh

10:28

don't sell anything." And it's like, bro, this is the dumbest thing I've ever heard in my life. You do not need to find people that don't sell anything.

In fact, I'm going to say something crazy right now. In a lot of cases, you can actually make more money if they already sell something because they already have a customer base.

And what I just showed you here is you can take their customers

10:43

and sell them something else. And then obviously what I'm not showing you here is when this really gets built out, then you make a mid-t offer, then you have a software upsell, and then you have affiliate links, and you have all these other things that stack up and can make a ton of money.

So, okay, there you go. Now, hopefully you understand it, and I'm going to continue with this.

Now you

11:00

know why preferred creators that are already selling something. First high ticket versus low ticket.

So based on their platform which is you know YouTube, Instagram, Twitter, their niche which is is it fitness? Is it ecom?

That's a niche. And their demographic,

11:15

you'll decide based on what which offer to lead with. And demographic is pretty much just location and age.

And you got to ask them for their demographic data from that. Now here's two examples.

I'm going to give you a really rough example and a really good example. These are both extreme examples.

Here's a bad quality audience example. The region

11:31

would be India. Age 16 to 17 platform Tik Tok.

This is [ __ ] I would not even run up an offer with this audience. It's that bad.

But just for the sake of this example, let's say we did. This is what a low ticket offer looks like.

It would either be $ 20 to $100 per month

11:46

somewhere in there. That's every low ticket offer I run.

Obviously, a $100 a month low ticket offer needs to be like a YouTube audience that's high quality. Either that or one time, which would be like a 100 or 200 bucks.

And it's usually a community on school or discord. Low ticket offers are pretty much always communities.

Based on this

12:03

um based on if you do monthly or one time also depends on like what's actually inside of it. This is all stuff I get into later.

But anyhow, on the other side of it, you have a really good audience which would be United States 21 plus all on YouTube. That's a super high quality audience.

The offer would look

12:18

something like this. Between 2 and 8K upfront onetime fee, a direct one-on-one with a creator or group coaching calls depending on how scaled it is.

how big the creator it is. Usually it includes some type of type frame or time frame which would be like 5K for 3 months,

12:33

whatever it is, and a strong guarantee. So something where it's like makes it almost risk-free for them.

I'm going to explain all of this later when it comes to creating the offer, but this is just to give you a general idea of the types of offers there are. Now, here's where the pitching comes in.

Again, you're going to look at all their [ __ ] and

12:49

figure out exactly what it is they're selling. It's going to be one of these.

I guarantee it. And if they sell a high ticket, I build them out a low ticket to downell their unqualified leads.

If they sell a low ticket, I build them out a high ticket to upsell their customers. To say this in a simpler way,

13:06

if someone can't afford a $5,000 onetime fee for a one-on-one coaching offer, maybe they can afford a h 100red bucks a month, but they can't afford that. Now, if someone can afford a h 100red bucks a month, there's a good chance they could also afford to put a few grand up for

13:21

one-on-one. You get what I'm saying?

So, it's about building an ecosystem and then selling them based on what they aren't already selling. Now, here you go.

Selling high ticket, build build low ticket for unqualified leads and vice versa. If they're selling low ticket, build out a high ticket to upsell their

13:37

current customers. Either way, existing customers with cards on file already present.

This is what you're pitching based on. These are the three messages I sent.

Again, I would edit I would edit this wording, but because I did I did show this wording in my previous video, but I'm going to show you what it looks like. So, if they already sell a low

13:52

ticket, meaning this guy has a $50 a month community, this is what I'd say. You could definitely be printing with a high ticket offer.

If you're already selling a low ticket community, I went through your stuff and made a quick video breaking it down. Cool.

If I send it over and again, I'm only sending this DM after they say yes or no to to I sell

14:10

to them selling an offer or them selling mentorship. I say, "Do you still want to mentorship?" They say, "No, I do not." And then I say this make sense.

If they sell a high ticket, I would say, are you doing anything with your unqualified

14:26

leads? You could definitely be putting with a low ticket.

Same exact thing. Again, edit the wording.

And if they sell nothing, which is very rare, but sometimes you will find people that sell nothing. You ask them why they're not.

They could be printing with a proper offer setup. And again, all of it ends

14:42

with, "I made a quick video breaking down how I do it. Cool if I send it over." Obviously, you didn't make the video yet, but once they show interest in this, the video is what [ __ ] gets them.

And that's the last part I'm about to show right here, the Loom video. Okay, I'm going to show a breakdown of

14:59

this Loom video. This is an exact example I used to close a creator last year.

It's the same example I used in my previous video I made. I'm just going to use the same example because it was a good example.

Um, but it's a really solid creator. I closed them straight up

15:14

from this Loom video. I'm going to show you exactly how.

Okay. So, I'm going to move I'm going to move my camera over here.

And now I'm going to show you I'm just going to break down this whole video. We're going to play it.

I'm going to break it down. Here we go.

Yo, what's good, Charles? Hope you're doing well.

15:30

keep this pretty short and simple. I'm just basically just going to be going through what I think a funnel should look like if you were to sell an info product.

The first thing you need to understand is I'm showing the thumbnail. It's his video first.

It's it's his profile pulled up. So, he knows this is the custom video.

This is not some

15:45

pre-recorded video. I made this custom for him.

He needs to know that and I'll kind of explain who I am, what I do, where I would come into this, but I'll keep it within a couple minutes. Keeping it super casual, just a conversation saying it's only going to be a couple minutes long.

That's it. Won't take up much of your time.

So,

16:01

from what I can see, you're not selling any type of coaching offer yet. It looks like you have So, I'll skip through this a little bit.

I won't play the exact whole video. Um, we'll go to this part.

what I would normally do, but I'll still show you what I think would be best. So,

16:16

this guy was a little bit unique as well because again, this is just like side hustles niche, not anything super specific and he also just wasn't selling anything. So, it's kind of an open blank canvas here that I had to work with.

You're not specific. So, it's harder to

16:32

sell a direct business model offer. Like, usually I'll sell an offer on drop.

Now, I happened to be working with a community that was as close to this as I could think of. It was like a price errors discord community.

They were doing over 200 grand a month. Seriously, this is one of my clients.

Um, so this

16:47

is kind of perfect timing when I was making this video because I had something similar running. So I just told him we would do something similar to this and I was able to show him that.

Obviously, not all of you guys are going to be able to just show a [ __ ] testimonial doing 200 grand a month. Kind of basing this off a community I'm

17:02

already working with are doing over 200k a month. It's it's a $75 per month subscription.

Basically, I'll show you the uh Let me pull up the dashboard here, too. So, I'll just pull up last three months.

17:18

So, this is a community I have on Discord. I don't own the community.

I'm just working with them. I have a So, okay.

Obviously, if I can pull up a [ __ ] with a 200 grand a month dashboard, look, most of you guys can't do that,

17:33

but I can do that. That makes it a lot [ __ ] easier.

If you can't do that, the best thing I would tell you to do is show similar creators. Show this guy someone else in a similar niche selling what you're telling him he should sell.

And don't say he's your client, but also

17:52

don't say he's not your client, if you get what I'm saying. That's the best way to go about this if you don't already have previous results.

Now, something important to mention, all my mentees, everyone I work with has access to use all my results. the same way I did in

18:07

this video. They're able to do that.

Um, which obviously makes it a lot [ __ ] easier to be closing more. I'm going to show you something else in a second that makes it a no-brainer if you're on the fence about working with me, becoming one of my mentees.

I'll show you in a sec. But continuing of them, um, but

18:26

info hustle discord around 50 bucks a month. So now I'm pitching him on what I think he should do month.

Since your demo is mostly coming from short form, I wouldn't price him videos, a button to join, showing him an example landing page of

18:43

something that it would look like just text uh a VSSL, super basic stuff. Just giving him a visual to look at maybe something like this, which call inside the and then the last thing you want to you

18:58

want to tell him is exactly what's needed from him. The only thing I do a little bit differently now is I'll also include a big ass list of everything that I'll cover just so they can see how much value I provide.

But the only thing here is you just want to show obviously you need them to promote it. You need a weekly call.

That's pretty much it. Um

19:15

for most of your offers, that's all they're allowed to do as well. That's like how active I'd want you to be with the community creators like yourself.

You clearly have the marketing down. You you get millions of views on your videos.

It all looks really really good. And um I just know you could be making a lot more money than whatever you're making with the promotions.

I don't know

19:31

how much you're making, but I know you can be making at least 50 to 100K a month with a Discord like this. Giving him an example how much I think you can make.

That's what I think. So, um for sure, let me know what you think and uh we can go from there.

Again, super easy. Just showing him what I think, giving

19:46

thoughts. Um pulling this back up here.

That's all it is. So, that's what a Loom video looks like.

Now, you guys have a pretty good idea of it. Here's a breakdown of everything you just saw.

So, first creating Myerboard just like this one. Putting their social media as a thumbnail.

So, the this was the

20:03

thumbnail of the video. You can see me in the corner.

You can see him. He knows it's a new video.

Uh an example offer. So, showing an offer that is already doing something like what he could be doing.

Giving revenue projections. So, kind of teasing to him what it could look like, how much money he could make,

20:19

what's needed from their end. Make it super short and simple, which it really is.

they don't need to do a lot and then giving the big list of [ __ ] you have to do and then showing your cut at the end literally just mentioning I only take a percentage and then getting them on a call. You can either say let me know when you're hop when you're free to hop

20:35

on a call or a lot of times what I'll do is I'll just say let me know your thoughts and then when I send the video I also just say let me know your thoughts and you go from there. So here's my secret sauce with this.

If you thought the secret sauce of just pulling up a dashboard with 200 grand a month on it was a secret sauce. It's not.

There's

20:51

even more secret sauce. [ __ ] I'm full of surprises.

Here it is. I upload the Loom video on my YouTube.

So, they click my profile. They see my social proof, my case studies, my results, testimonials, all of that.

It's not a big long Loom link. It's a YouTube link.

They click on

21:07

that. Obviously, I put it unlisted.

But look, after they click my channel from watching the video, they see all this [ __ ] This niche made me 182K. They see all this juicy [ __ ] stuff that gives them a boner.

Duh. Like, holy [ __ ] let me hop on a

21:24

call with this guy. He knows what he's doing.

Now, the biggest hurdle you're going to run into is the fact that many creators will know you're a beginner in this business model. Like I said, if you can't show results and testimonials and [ __ ] like that like I did, a lot of them are going to know you're a beginner.

That's the biggest thing that's going to hurt you. But I came up with a solution

21:42

for my mentees that has 10xed the amount of creator acquisitions and allowed them to continue building a portfolio of creators aside from the first creator. I guarantee with the mentorship, this is [ __ ] genius.

Here it is. I allow them, all my mentees to use my social

21:57

proof. So, my name, my results, my testimonials, my case studies.

How do they do it? All they do is they take this video, like I said, the video they make in the video.

I do the video exactly the same. Oh, I should move this back while I'm still here before I

22:13

forget. Back over here.

in the video. All they do is mention, hey, me and my partner Dustin, we put this together.

That's all the me that's the whole mention. They do the rest of the video the video as normal.

And then I take their video and put it on my YouTube

22:30

channel unlisted. So now, even though they have no results, they've never done this before.

They're now leveraging everything I built over the past six years the same way I'm able to leverage it when I close creators. They can do the exact same thing now.

Okay. Now,

22:46

Mark right here, Mark used this to land both of his clients and he is now doing $48,000 a month personal profit. Here's a quick screenshot.

Please send the screenshot of wires for last month for story post. He literally did a 48k month.

This is way way this is like a

23:04

couple months ago where he did an 8K day with his creator. Um, [ __ ] insane.

But my point is, no one else is going to let you do that and use their results except me. And it's because I actually have a vetting process and I don't work with just anyone.

And I'm genuinely not

23:21

just [ __ ] saying that. So, if you want to utilize my social proof, all of that stuff, again, the type form is in the description.

Not only that, but if you ever have a call with a creator you really want to close or you really just you need me to like be the nail in the coffin or you they're a really good

23:37

creator, you can't lose them. I on a day-to-day basis, I hop on at least a few calls with my mentees, creator closing calls, and I'll pretty much do all the closing, all the talking for them.

I do not take a percentage for doing so. So, that's also out there.

If you're one of my mentees and you want

23:52

that, all you got to do is ask. I'll hop on the call, boom, close, done deal.

That's it for all the DM outreach breaking this whole thing down. [ __ ] juiced.

Real quick, what I'm gonna do, I'm gonna play this video I have with Mark because I really want you to watch it. And aside from him showing that I

24:10

know what the [ __ ] I'm talking about here and that this [ __ ] works, it's also going to be really valuable for you to get some insight into how he's making. I mean, guys, you need to understand like 50 grand a month from two clients is is really good.

So, I'm gonna play that now and uh hopefully you enjoy. Let's uh

24:27

let's do a little interview here. How how you doing, Mark?

Let's do it, man. What's up, Dustin?

You look rich, bro. But uh anyhow, so if you want to maybe start by um giving some background on yourself.

So, explain kind of what you were doing before this business model

24:44

and and what made you transition. Yeah, dude.

I mean, I was doing uh SMMA for quite some time. I mean, I was just selling lead generation to B2B companies, so consulting companies, other marketing agencies.

We would do

25:00

things like cold calling, LinkedIn messaging, text messaging, SMS, I mean, the whole shebang pretty much. And we just do lead generation on a per meeting basis and um I was doing that for quite a while, but got out of it and um I'm

25:15

doing this now. Yeah.

So, I mean, bro, I I say this in a lot of I even have videos specifically talking about like the SMMA hamster wheel because there's so many [ __ ] people that run up SMA and they end up in that same cycle of like they get a client, they get them on a 2K a month

25:30

retainer and then they lose the client and then it's like they're never able to reach 10K a month and then everyone ends up coming to this business model. So, it's uh it's kind of funny that uh that you went through the same cycle and now you're you're pretty much one of my most successful students.

So, it's it's pretty sick. Yeah, dude.

Absolutely. SMMA is, you

25:47

know, you can be successful in some way, but it's just it's I mean, it's it's definitely good like to to start out in and and kind of learn some business skills, but to actually make like a long-term income and and get your [ __ ] money up, it's not I don't think it's it's it's slave work, bro.

26:02

It's slave work. It's basically a job.

I agree. I agree.

So, what was like the the main thing that actually made you switch from SMA and say like, "Fuck this [ __ ] I'm going to do growth operating now." Dude, it feels like a job. Like you get one client, you do the service, try to

26:18

find another client, do the service again. There's no rev share where growth operating like you get one two clients and you know that's kind of it.

Like you get the percentage, you get the money, the profits from that and you don't have to worry about getting more clients. Yeah.

I bro I've been saying that for the longest time like I always tell

26:35

because because everyone like I even have mentees that working with like a couple big clients and it's like okay now what? And I'm like, dude, like, you don't want to spread yourself too thin with this business model.

And you really only need one, two, maybe three, you know, solid clients and and just [ __ ] focus on those and grow those. It's not

26:51

the kind of business model where you need 10 clients and then 20 clients and you have to build out this whole team. It's like it's not it's not like that.

And it's not uh you don't need to do that to scale. Um, so Okay.

It's very niche. Yeah.

Well, I want to get into your offers and like who you're working with

27:07

and and all of that, but before that, the question that obviously everyone wants to know. So, so last video I showed I showcased a launch that you did where you did like an 8K day with a creator.

So, I want an update now. Like just I'm just going to say flat out like

27:23

how much money are you currently profiting personally profiting with this business model? Yeah.

So, I mean, if we took a look at last month back in May, I made about 48,000, give or take. [ __ ] insane, bro.

You look rich. Look

27:39

at that smile, bro. That's a rich ass [ __ ] smile right there.

48K in a [ __ ] month. And um is that any like retainer up front?

That's purely revshare, right? Yep.

Purely revshare. Two clients.

Okay. So, Okay.

you you're working with two clients, which by the way, guys,

27:54

these are like solid clients. To be doing, you know, almost 50 grand a month from two clients, that means the offers are doing really well.

Um, what what's what's your rep share with those guys? Right now, it's 30%.

Both of them are 30%. Okay.

So, the offers are doing like around 150 grand a month. So, guys, like

28:12

I'm I'm literally telling you guys, I always say this, he has two clients. Both their offers combined are doing 150 grand a month and he has 30% rev share.

he's making 50 grand a month. You don't have to over complicate this [ __ ] game with with retainers and upfront and all that [ __ ] Um, you just need a

28:29

couple solid clients and and that's really [ __ ] it. So, bro, that's that's super sick.

Now, the offers themselves, maybe you can talk a little bit about um I know you probably don't want to reveal like the niche, but if you could at least say like if it's

28:45

bisop, if they're high ticket offers, low ticket offers, like any anything you can you can give. Uh to be honest, I don't really want to say the niche.

I don't think anybody does. Yeah, you don't have to, but just But uh it is in bisops and I think bisop

29:00

is kind of just really the best thing to get into. Yeah.

I I tell everyone like and I'll say this right now like I what everyone always comes to me is like oh like you said like anything outside of bisop bisop is trash. Let me put it to you this way.

You can work with other niches niches outside of bisop. But quite

29:17

simply bisop is just like a higher dollar dollar per follower. So you can take someone that's uh that's selling like a fitness program on Instagram with 100k followers.

someone that's selling something in Bisop that's getting a thousand views a video on YouTube is going to make five times more money than

29:33

them. So, it's like it's more so you can reach out to people that will actually see your message that are smaller.

It's easier to get clients. Um it's just a higher dollar per follower, but like at the same time, someone with a million followers selling a fitness program would make more money than the guy on

29:48

YouTube getting a thousand views video. So, it really just depends what kind of offer you want to run.

Um, but yeah, most of my offers, most of my mentees offers, it's it's Bisop. Obviously, we still have like the fitness creators, that kind of [ __ ] but Bisop really is is the best.

Um, okay. Sorry to interrupt.

So, what what about like the

30:04

offers themselves? Yeah.

So, um, they're all kind of high ticket offers to be honest with you, around the $6 to $8,000 range, and they're all one-on-one. Um, okay.

Yeah. And another thing, um, I think I've talked about high ticket

30:19

offers, but I really only talk about like 5K offers, like four or five, but there and that's mostly with like sports betting and that kind of [ __ ] but guys, like there's some people that sell [ __ ] 25K high ticket offers. Um, so a lot of you might be hearing like 6 to 8K

30:34

and think that's on the high end, but it go it goes [ __ ] way higher than that. I even know some people selling info to like businesses.

It's like 200k for a high ticket offer, which I don't I don't even [ __ ] with that kind of stuff. There's there all I'm trying to say is there's levels to this [ __ ] But as far as like B toC high ticket offers like

30:50

six six to I'd say like 8 to 12K is at at you know pretty high up there. Yeah.

Yeah. And personally like I don't really like community funnels and all that.

I think they're just like really complex for my liking. Yeah.

Um and a lot of you guys I mean

31:06

you know me kind of as like the Discord guy. Like I I really started with communities and Discord stuff.

And if you would have asked me like a year, no, not even a year, probably like two years ago the best funnel, I would have said like make a Discord, low ticket, all that [ __ ] But now, um, high

31:21

ticket's just the move, bro. High ticket is what's winning.

I agree, dude. That's where the money is.

Now, are you outreaching? Are you actively like outreaching to bring on more clients?

Are you trying to build a brand to bring on clients? Are you just working like where are you taking this now?

You're already doing 50 grand a

31:37

month. Yeah, honestly, like I think right now, um, my biggest thing is just scaling.

I think I kind of hit a point now where it's like I've really started to kind of get the fruits of my labor and I'm able to do things that I'm not really able to do in the past. Like I'm able to go on vacations and have a lot

31:54

Why don't you Why don't you break down a little bit cuz obviously like going from zero to [ __ ] 50 grand a month in like what four months or I don't I don't know exactly how long it's been. um maybe talk a little bit about like how your lifestyle has changed and like you know

32:10

cuz cuz mo most of most of this channel I'm just talking about like numbers and breakdowns and case studies and [ __ ] but like what what does the end result of that look like? What are you able to do now?

What does your life look like now? And what did it look like before?

Yeah, dude. Like obviously I came back

32:25

from having a SMMA which like wasn't super successful compared to what I'm doing now. And it was like I said it was a rat race.

It felt like a job. Now I just have a lot more freedom.

Like even my parents, like my mom doesn't work as much because I help her out now. Like

32:40

there's so many things that I'm able to do and I'm able to have freedom. And um I just bought a new whip.

I I bought a C7 Z06 and I mean there Wait, yours is a Z06? Yeah.

No [ __ ] bro. Holy [ __ ] Um I haven't even posted about it on this channel or anything, but I have a I I got a C8 Z06

32:58

when I came back to Miami. No way, dude.

That's f We both have Z06's. That's [ __ ] sick.

Yeah. Yeah.

So, it's just having the freedom of having this much money is cool and it's like it's quick, dude. Like, I never had this type of money in my life.

So, it's just the freedom of it and kind of understanding

33:14

what to do with it now. Yeah.

And bro, be careful saying it's quick because I swear to God, I'm going to get comments like, "This guy's selling a get-rich quick scheme." It's not It's not It's not [ __ ] easy, guys. Like, to like people like Mark and my other case studies, like, you know, they're you know, I'm making case

33:30

studies of the top people I've worked with. There's a lot of people that don't do numbers that big.

Maybe they make 5K a month. Some of them don't make any [ __ ] money.

They they run up the business model and they just suck and they're just [ __ ] And there's some people that just like are made out for this life and have what it takes. And

33:46

there's other people that are just going to [ __ ] work a job the rest of their life. Um anyhow, that's not very motivational.

But my my point is like this shit's not easy, guys. It might look easy.

You might look any business model that looks easy or any business model that's like, "Oh, you know, this makes sense. This is simple.

There's

34:03

always more [ __ ] you don't see behind the scenes and it's always harder than it looks. But, uh, with that being said, I mean, do you have anything anything else you want to add?

No, dude. Honestly, just stick to it.

Eventually, it'll click and you'll start making money. Like, that's the easiest thing I could say.

34:18

Oh, and and last thing, how how do you feel about um like my mentorship, my support, and everything? I gotta plug it real quick, obviously, in the [ __ ] interview.

How how how have I helped you in this? Yeah, dude.

Dustin is my god. I can't even I can't even say anything that's

34:34

like insane that you guys wouldn't already know. Like he's so supportive, bro.

Like anytime I've had issues, I would just ask him be like, "Hey, like I know you probably dealt with this XYZ." Like, and he would help me out and tell me like, "Dude, no, do this instead." Or and his team is just great, dude. Like they have a ton of experience.

So, um,

34:51

like I I just can't recommend Dustin and his team more than what I already have, you know? Fire.

[ __ ] yeah. And uh guys, if you're interested in mentorship like like he said.

So I do completely one-on-one calls and then I also have Rage and Neil. You guys have seen Rage for my Dubai video.

I recently brought on Neil.

35:07

We run up all my mentees, all my creators together. So literally like 247 communications.

Anytime you want to hop on a call, you just send a message. We book it in like the day before.

I can hop on a call with you anytime. Like it's uh it's very supportive.

Direct oneonone access to me, my personal number. So, uh, yeah, if you guys are

35:23

interested in that, check out the type form in the description. Also, check out all like the courses and [ __ ] I have on YouTube if you want to run it up yourself.

But anyhow, Mark, appreciate the video. Appreciate you you sharing kind of what you're up to.

And, uh, hopefully we'll do another one of these in a few months and you'll be at [ __ ]

35:40

800k a month or some [ __ ] dude. Million, bro.

Let's go. Let's go for the mill, bro.

All right. Next up, this one's a juicer.

How to automate your outreach. No one wants to sit there finding a bunch of leads, sending 8,000 DMs a day.

This is how to actually automate it so that it's

35:55

[ __ ] autopilot. Here you go.

Now, when I make a claim like this, 8 to 10 creators a month. That sounds pretty [ __ ] extreme and it sounds really difficult, but this breaks down all the data, everything.

Here we go. So, I can acquire eight qualified creators every

36:12

single month. This is pissing me off.

This spacing, guys, this is how much of a perfectionist I am. Like I swear.

Let me make that better. And I even noticed down here.

Look at this. This line is like a little squiggly, bro.

I don't like that. I don't like that.

There. That's better.

36:28

Okay, nice. I had to fix that real quick before I get into this.

I just This all needs to be perfect. Especially for those of you that are like actually on the Myro now.

That's perfect because I just fixed it. I can acquire eight qualified creators every month from my one Instagram account for $290.

36:45

That's how much I spend to get a minimum of eight qualified creators. Here's how.

First, you hire a VA and you teach them how to find leads in your desired niche. So, whatever niche it is, whatever platform it is, you teach them how to do it and you pay 5 cents a lead.

This is what a good leads list looks like. All

37:02

you need, and don't try and like hit up these leads. This is like a [ __ ] This is literally from last year.

This is an old ass list. Um, but this is what it would look like.

So, you have the platform, the link, the niche, the username. That's really all you need.

You can make it a lot nicer than that. But that's that's literally it.

Now,

37:17

here you go. You have the initial DM.

So, I actually have another VA logged into my Instagram account that sends out the 35 initial DMs a day spaced out. He is paid 10 cents per initial DM.

And I'm going to break this down with actual data in a second. Second is the pitch.

So, that same VA sends one of those

37:33

three potential replies based on what they say to my message. He's paid 10 cents per pitch.

So, this is the after you funnel hack message. one of those three replies.

Once they reply with an affirmative to getting the video, I have another VA go through their profile,

37:48

funnel hack them, and create a Myro board for them. He gets paid $2 for the Myro board.

Then the Loom video is the last part. It's recorded, uploaded onto my YouTube channel as listed.

It's sent over. And once the video is sent over, it gets moved to my primary tab in my DMs, and I take it from there.

So all

38:04

the initial DMs go in the general tab where I don't see it. Then the only ones I see pop up in primary are the ones that are hot, ready to go, and they actually need my attention.

Now, for the Loom video, I personally have my head of operations, Rage Melo. He makes the videos.

I'm sure you guys have seen this with Rage. Um, in your case, you should

38:20

make them. It's not going to cost you money, but you shouldn't outsource it.

I can I can outsource it to Rage cuz he's full-time in the US, you know what I mean? It's not like a Filipino VA.

Um, then the VA on my Instagram account also sends one follow-up to those that the

38:36

Loom video was sent to. If they did not reply, I pay 10 cents per DM for this.

So, again, if they get the Loom video and they don't answer, those are the people you want to follow up with. I really don't follow up with people that don't answer like the first DM.

I don't really care. It's like a fruit fly or something.

Um, and I'm also overpaying

38:51

for all these DMs. So, it's a really easy job, but I prefer to keep good players on my team that know the business model.

Well, when I tell you guys I'm overpaying, like genuinely paying 10 cents just to send out an initial DM is [ __ ] overpaying. All right, now moving into an actual numbers

39:06

breakdown. Here we go.

So, you're collecting 1,000 leads a month, that's 35 leads a day. Your total cost for the month is going to be 5 cents a lead, 50 bucks.

Now, out of the thousand leads, you got to send the DM. So, sending a,000 DMs, same amount, 35 DMs a day, that's 100

39:23

bucks on the month, 10 cents per DM. Next 20% will reply to the initial DM, which is 200 replies.

That sounds like a lot. Try it.

You'll [ __ ] see. If your account looks good and you're sending that initial DM under 38 characters,

39:38

this is not crazy at all. Now, again, it might sound high, but just [ __ ] try it.

That's funny. I just said that.

I didn't even know I put that there. Now, out of that 200 that replied, you're going to pitch sending the loom, which is 200 pitches, which is also

39:53

10 cents, $20 of of that 30% will reply affirmatively. These are my data.

This is my data, my numbers, estimates, which is out of 260 looms sent. That's the most expensive part because it's $2 per Myro board to make a loom.

So, that's $120 right

40:10

there. Of those 60 that are sent, 20% of them will book a call, which is 12 booked calls.

Of those 12 booked calls, 80% will show up, which is 10 conversations. And again, this is only this high because of my social proof, because of everything I've built up.

If you're doing this on your own, these

40:25

numbers will be lower. 80% of those will close, which is eight new clients.

The reason 80% will close is because I do not close on upfront. I close on percentage basis, which I'm which I'm about to explain.

But the total cost to land eight qualified creators is $290.

40:42

There's no way I would be able to take on eight new creators every single month on my own. So a few months ago, I had a decision to make.

Again, that's the full breakdown. 290 bucks to land eight creators.

That's free. So, my decision was I could either a build out a team to continue bringing on creators and

40:58

scaling offers but have a bunch of overhead paying salaries and still have it feel like an agency when it needs to feel like a partnership or b open my own program and create killer operators and run up creators together. So, that said, I'm currently looking for more operators to scale these offers with me.

We will

41:15

set up an Instagram account based around you just like mine. We'll put my outreach systems onto it, everything I just showed you here.

will leverage my brand testimonials, results, and case studies, everything you see here. And you will get a guaranteed creator in contract, plus the ability to continue using these systems for any other

41:31

creators you close in the future. And I do not retain a percentage forever and all time.

You can continue using my name, my brand, all of that. I won't take anything from you for doing so.

On top of that, access for me to jump on the creator closing calls with you so that I can hop on and close and do the

41:47

closing for you. And then obviously outside of that direct oneonone access to me.

All my systems, my SOPs, my KPIs, all the softwares I use, even my landing page formats, all of that we do on call when it comes to actually setting up the CRM, the landing page, the type form that's on a call sitting here just like

42:02

this sharing screen. Access to my network of VA, sales reps, all of that.

I have an arsenal plug and play at any time. Everything that I just went over is included when you work with me oneonone.

Like I said, I've only been doing this for a few months, but the results, they speak for themselves. If you look at my

42:18

Instagram story highlights, you will see just amount of results um just from this entire time. This case study I showed was literally an offer I ran with a mentee.

182.5K in 14 days. I ran it with a mentee.

Now, I charge an upfront fee

42:34

for this. Of course, I do for my mentorship.

And I also keep a small percentage of the first creator I close for you. So, you must be competent enough to run up an offer.

You must be able to make this your priority. This is not like a side hustle type business model.

And obviously, for me to run up a

42:51

creator with you, you need to be competent enough to actually handle it and to be communicating with them daily. That's why it can't be a side hustle.

You must be able to work with me and these creators as if we are all business partners, not as if they're an agency client. So, if you're interested,

43:06

obviously, I have a vetting process and you can apply below. And again, all of these interviews right here, these are all videos I'm showing in here in this video.

These are all guys I've worked with directly on their creators, and we've made a [ __ ] ton of money. And they've closed all their creators and

43:21

worked with all these creators, mentioned in these videos 100% thanks to me, which they will say in these videos. So, I'm going to show you real quick u my interview with James.

I did a video with him, 0 to 30k a month in literally 3 months. [ __ ] banger case study.

43:36

did amazing. I'm going to play that video now just so you guys can watch it, hear what he has to say.

And if you're interested, type form is down below. What's it going?

Yo yo. And um just so you guys know, this is the the new Dubai crib.

I haven't posted a video about this yet,

43:52

but it's a pretty [ __ ] sick view. I'm going to make a video about that very soon.

Anyhow, James, where are you at right now? I'm currently in Bahrain next to Dubai.

How far of a flight is that? That's not that far, right?

Nah, it's like 40 40 minutes, 50 minute flight.

44:07

Okay, sick. Yeah, I think James is going to pull up here soon.

But guys, I'm going to give you guys like a quick backstory first because me and James have actually known each other for a couple years even though we've only been doing growth operating like together for a bit now. We've actually known each other for a couple of years.

Um, we've met at we've we've hung out in Miami

44:23

together back when I lived in Miami. He visited a couple times.

Um, but I kind of want to talk about how we first started. So, as you guys know, I had my Discord business cord, which was like my first huge success in info products, ran it up to 125,000 members, and James was

44:39

like a pretty big part of that. So, James, you kind of want to talk about that real quick.

How you discovered me, how you discovered Business Cord, and how we first got connected. Yeah, man.

I mean, it first started off with the classic Tik Tok, the Tik Tok strategy. We we grew to multi-millions worth of sort of views there.

uh join

44:57

the server and then that was when you were just starting and obviously I have an experience in building servers and staff teams and so on. So I sort of hit you up and then from there I guess the rest is history where we then I helped build the back end with you.

Um obviously you and Noah then led it and

45:13

we grew that to 125,000 members. Yeah.

So that was um that was pretty huge and that's how I met James. I think he was like one of the first few hundred people to join um just from like my Tik Tok organic videos and that's how he met and then kind of brought him on.

We you

45:29

know he had a good work ethic so we started working together there. Um but after the discord as you guys know once I sold that I kind of transitioned into growth operating uh you know working with creators and doing info products as a whole not just like Discords doing high ticket info products school groups

45:46

that sort of thing. transitioning into info products and just growth operating as a whole.

And um James, you kind of started doing something similar and you ended up bringing me like a pretty fat client. Can you kind of talk a little bit about that?

Like how how you started

46:02

getting into growth operating, where you found that client, that sort of thing. And obviously don't say their name and anything or anything, but I'll also pull up on screen the screenshot of um when you first brought that that client.

Yeah, man. I mean, straight after obviously business called a few of us went down some different paths.

46:18

Obviously, I took a step back from, I guess, working online as I was up in the mountains in Canada for a year or two there. Um, but when I started getting back into it, trying to balance my job in the mountains and then sort of online um income there, you helped me sort of

46:34

free up my time. I had the the what's what's the word I'm looking for?

I had the reputation, so I was able to then land a client through obviously the knowledge I've built through business cord on helping them scale their course, but I actually didn't have the time to do it. So, I reached out to you and then

46:50

we did sort of a partnership there split behind the scenes um for that client. Yeah.

And so, to give you guys context of that client, that client was a software. They were doing over $80,000 a month.

James landed them. Um the goal was to scale them to like 125K a month

47:05

in the next couple months. Uh we closed them on 8K up front and it was going to be like 8K a month.

Um we only worked for them for a few months just because they kind of decided to pivot away from Discord. That was when we were still pretty focused on Discord.

And then after that is kind of when we split off.

47:22

James was doing his own thing. Um I was doing my own thing with info products and growth operating.

And then recently, a few months ago, is kind of when um James ended up transitioning back into info products growth operating and wanting to do it as like a major thing.

47:37

That's when he came to me, paid me for mentorship just like anybody else, even though I had known him for, you know, a couple years now and he's pretty much a homie to me. Still paid me for mentorship.

Still did the exact same process that any of my mentees did. He did not get special privilege.

I did not

47:53

make it easier for him. it was still just as difficult and it needed just as much work put in as any of my other mentees.

And um I I think I recently mentioned him in uh one of my YouTube videos, like the full course video. If you guys haven't watched that, by the way, it's like an hour long of straight

48:08

sauce. Definitely watch that.

But um I think I mentioned in that video that he had just crossed his first 20k month. And James, do you want to drop an update now?

Just like spitball a number. How much money have you personally made?

Not through creators or anything. Not like

48:24

creator revenue. I mean, how much from creators have you personally put in your pocket in the last 30 days?

Oh, just over 30K. Just over 30K.

So, he's already up from 20 to 30K now. It's that that video was

48:40

like maybe a little over a month ago. So, that's really [ __ ] good to hear.

Um, what is that broken down into? Like, how many how many creators is that broken down into?

Yeah. Well, I'm just in the process of landing a fourth sort of client.

I have

48:56

three with me full-time at the moment doing growth operating and then I'm just in the fourth. They've paid upfront uh sort of a retainer and then I'm going to put them on rev share like the others.

Beautiful. Yeah.

And that's what I keep telling you guys like with the mentorship. I'm only guaranteeing like

49:12

one creator on contract, but I always tell you guys like to make this like a super successful profitable business model, you really should be working with like at least two or three creators. Like my primary my primary com, they're not even really creators that I'm working with.

My primary companies I'm

49:28

working with, it's two main ones, two massive offers. Those take most of my time.

You should not just rely on like one creator to work with or that sort of thing. And that's why like with the mentorship and everything, obviously the biggest part of my mentorship is I bring

49:43

you one guaranteed creator on contract that we can run up and start making money from, but I'm also showing you outreach and the whole goal is to get you doing outreach, get you able to bring on creators of your own. So that way you can scale this into um like a proper business like James has done.

49:58

that's really good to hear. What uh what niches are those in?

Yeah, I mean I I have a background in health and fitness, so that definitely helps. I have two clients in sort of health and fitness.

I have one in ecom and one in software. Okay, cool.

And Okay. Yeah.

Yeah. So,

50:14

you're about to have four clients. You have three right now and you're about to have four.

That's [ __ ] sick. Um I tell you guys a lot too, like bisop bisop niche is definitely um definitely more profitable just because you know you can work with people.

Let me put it

50:30

to you guys this way. You have to think from a consumer perspective.

If someone's buying a a $2,000 fitness course, for example, versus a $2,000 ecom course, they're willing to pay more money for an ecom course, and it's easier to close someone on an ecom course than a fitness course. Cuz when they put two grand into a fitness

50:46

course, they know that money is gone. That money is going into, you know, them achieving their health goals.

Versus ecom, when they put $2,000 into that, they're doing that assuming and predicting they're going to get a return out of it. They're not thinking, "Oh, that money's gone forever." They're doing it for an ROI.

So obviously you can sell higher ticket info products.

51:03

What are what are your thoughts on that James? Huge man.

Huge. I I found it so much easier when I'm partnering with people who are selling sort of a product where buyers or me membership sort of people can see the ROI.

It's 10 times easier especially in the high tickets when I'm

51:18

setting up my clients with high ticket sort of products to sell. if that consumer can see sort of their return or guarantee at least from my sort of uh partners 10 times easier to close than just selling a product with no investment coming back.

Yeah. And uh I want to ask you too, I'm

51:35

kind of just spitballing these questions. I didn't like make a list or anything.

Um but you just made me think of this. So, since you were a pretty big part of Business Cord, you obviously have a lot of experience with low ticket communities and I know most of your clients now are um running high ticket

51:51

offers. How do you feel about low running like a low ticket community versus a high ticket offer?

Which do you prefer? Which do you find easier?

Like what what do you think about that? Yeah, man.

I I definitely prefer right now high ticket. Low ticket takes a lot

52:06

of time, attention, and energy. not only maintaining sort of the chats and answering all the tickets and stuff, but high ticket is a lot more um I guess you could say they have skin in the game.

The person who's brought in is a lot more attentive to their

52:23

investment. They're there every single day.

They're showing up. They're getting results.

Whereas a low ticket, you got to keep them happy. You got to answer tickets.

You get chargebacks. It's a nightmare compared to high ticket.

I'm definitely up there with when it comes to supporting high ticket paths.

52:38

Yeah. No, I uh another huge thing about high ticket that I mention a lot is you guys can you can work with smaller creators when you're selling high ticket.

Like you can find someone on YouTube in a bisop niche getting a,000 views a video. I mean that person can easily bring in 10 20k a month just from

52:54

selling high ticket versus low ticket you need to be doing volume. Like someone getting a,000 views a video they they really can't get that many people into a low ticket community.

But if you're selling high ticket, you only need a few customers every single month to be making 10 20k a month. So that's another huge thing with uh with high

53:11

ticket. Now um okay, I'm going to ask you some some kind of guruy questions now because obviously this is a a menty interview.

I kind of want to talk about the mentorship a little bit. So we just started working a few months ago pretty much right when when I opened this up.

53:27

Um I've brought you two creators now. I brought you the first one.

you did really well with the first one. And like I always say, guys, I only guarantee one creator on contract, that's the mentorship agreement.

And it's the type of thing where if you can take a lot of that off my plate and handle a lot of the communications with the creator and

53:43

make it easier because obviously I'm bringing you the creator. I'm doing this to take um some of that creator off of my back so that you can work on it.

Obviously, it's like a win-win. Everyone makes money.

But I opened these mentorships in the first place in order to utilize all these inbound creators

53:58

that I have that I can't run up myself. So, it's the type of thing where if I bring you a creator and you're able to handle a lot of it on your own and handle the communications and make it run smoothly, then obviously I'm incentivized to bring you more.

So, I've brought you two creators now, James. Um, I guess how would you like the

54:13

mentorship? How has it been useful for you?

What do you think, bro? So useful.

Especially obviously me texting you. If I have a problem or if my client asks me something and I'm like, "Oh [ __ ] I don't know." I text you even sometimes I call you and you just answer right away.

So helpful. So communication again, I'm really

54:30

appreciative of that and then especially sort of the guidance you've given me being like, "Hey, implement this or you should change this has definitely made me a lot more money than me trying to figure it out by myself." Yeah. And uh I would assume you've been in like other courses before, not like

54:45

growth operating stuff, but I do mine a lot different because it's not like a pre-recorded course or anything like that. It's not a Discord.

You're not getting access to like uh group calls or some [ __ ] It's literally like you have my phone number. We do everything direct.

How do you like that compared to

55:02

like a [ __ ] pre-recorded course and like group calls? Okay.

Obviously, you prefer it more, but I just want to hear you say it. Yeah.

I mean, I've been in a few courses. Um, nothing where it's fully direct with the course creator.

I've

55:17

been in a few where it's like, watch these YouTube videos A to Z and then once a week hop on this live Q&A and ask me a question. I mean, that's great, but I definitely didn't scale as fast as I have now with you, purely just because of the communication we have, and I'm

55:33

not waiting around for an answer. So, it's definitely made a difference in my business.

Yeah. Sick.

Uh I'm trying to think of what else I can uh what I can ask you. Um [ __ ] I should have prepared questions or something.

I I'll kind of talk about real quick the mentorship for

55:48

people that are just watching this for the first time. Oh, I know what I can ask you.

So, something a lot of people ask me, like when I hop on um calls with like potential mentees, people that want to work with me, something they ask a lot is they're worried that they don't know how to run the back end of these

56:04

offers and they think I'm just going to give them a creator and kind of like throw it in their lap and be like, "Good luck." Um, but it's not that at all. It's the type of thing where, you know, when it's time to make a landing page, we hop on call, we share screen, we do it together.

How well do you think

56:20

you've learned those things from me? And do you think it's at the point now to where you can kind of do those things on your own without, you know, having me guide you step by step?

Like where you at with that? Yeah, I mean a lot.

I'm looking at hiring a few VAS specifically for that

56:35

stuff as I scale this year. Um, my goal is to get to more about eight active sort of partners uh every month.

And the idea is to have VAS to help me build sort of the landing pages and uh staff teams and so on. But that I've learned

56:50

from you. I've implemented it myself and then now that purely just on the communication we've had and you teaching me things, I now know it as well uh enough to then pass it on to somebody else.

Sick. Um yeah.

Okay, I'm going to I'm going to wrap. We've been talking almost

57:06

15 minutes here. Pretty good uh interview, I guess.

I've never done one of these, but I I definitely like hearing these things and I think it'll help a lot of people that are considering working with me. Uh just to wrap it up, how how would you what would you say to someone that's considering working with me, wants me to bring them a creator um for us to run it up and and

57:23

them to start taking the whole info product growth operating game seriously? What would you say to someone that is interested in doing that?

Yeah, I mean ultimately it's a leap of faith especially when we first started business cord. Um I just moved into my first apartment, couldn't even pay the

57:40

next couple months worth of rent and I thought back myself into the corner. I know you've been there as well and it's it's honestly a leap of faith.

It's putting that investment in but the ROI is there and I don't know where I would be if I never sort of took that step forwards. And what do you think is like the most

57:58

important thing going into this? Like do you think um it's the type of what what do you think is the most important trait if someone wants to jump into this and wants to make money from it?

cuz I always get questions like how much money am I going to make in the first month and it's like

58:14

I don't believe in stupid questions but it's kind of a stupid question cuz it depends on the person and like obviously how much effort you're able to put in and time to put in and that sort of thing. So like what would you say is like the the biggest trait that someone needs to have before like jumping into something like this?

58:31

Um it's work ethic. Both of us um definitely will stay up 4:00 a.m.

or so kind of make sure it is done. a work ethic.

You got to have the discipline to do it, especially if your brand new client is really looking for result. And the way you build that sort of uh partnership and increasing that

58:48

LTV with them is putting in the work. And no matter what the hours are, you got to be disciplined enough.

And if you put the discipline and the hours in, in return, you'll get the reward of cash. Yeah.

Okay. Sick.

Uh yeah, I don't I can't think of any more questions, so I think we'll wrap it there. Do you have

59:04

anything else you would like to add you'd like to say to the people? take that leap of faith.

Sick, dude. Uh, glad to hear it.

But yeah, guys, I guess that'll wrap it up right there. Feel free to follow James, too.

I'll pop up his Instagram. Feel free to follow him or like if you have

59:20

questions or anything, DM him. Okay, now the closing call.

So, first, I want to explain something to you. And yes, I have an 80% close rate when it comes to closing creators.

Here's something that you need to understand. Obviously, the final step is to book them onto a call

59:36

and close them, which I'm going to show you how. But one thing I want to get through your head first of all is you need to abolish the mindset that this is even a closing call.

Don't think of it like you're trying to get a sale or anything like that. You need to think of it more like the forming of a

59:52

partnership. I'm going to get into this, but here we go.

So, the final step obviously is to book them onto a call and close them. So, at the end of the Loom video, I always mention either booking a call or I ask them their thoughts.

one or the other. I send a video and I sent a message asking their thoughts.

So, as you can see, do you

00:08

sell my mentorship? Here's the whole thing.

I sent it over to him. And then, here we go.

Let me know your thoughts on this. And then he said, I'd be down to hop on a call.

So, in the video, I mentioned a call. And then here, I said, "Let me know your thoughts on this." However you want to do it.

Again, you

00:23

want to keep it as little DMs as possible because every every time you send a message, you give them a chance to ghost you and not answer, which you don't want, obviously. Now, when they reply, they're either going to have questions, which I'll either answer and then call to action, get on a call, or

00:38

they're just ready to call and I send my calendarly. You must use a calendarly.

You can't, again, you you want as few messages in your DMs as possible. So, if you have to go back and forth like, "Oh, are you free this day?

Oh, I can do this time. Oh, no, I can't do that.

I'm do." No, it's too much. All you need to do is

00:54

send a link, give them access to your calendar, pick your hours, and they can just click a time and book it. That's what you need.

So, if you have too much back and forth, it's going to result in a lot of people that just never book in the first place. And remember what I said before, every DM is a chance for them to ghost you.

So, you want as few

01:10

as possible. Now, how to set up your calendarly.

It's really [ __ ] easy. Let me show you.

So, first of all, you have your calls here. So, I have a connect call.

This is just for like creators. And then I also have this call which is for mentees.

Now, look here. You go on the right side

01:26

here are the hours. So, you can say your hours.

I actually want to update these. Um, but I do my hours 12 to 12 every single day.

Look, you can apply it to all of them. Boom.

Those are my hours. Easy.

And then you also have the date range. So, how far in the future they can

01:42

schedule. For creators, I would do like 3 to 4 days.

I think on this one I have Yeah, they can schedule 4 days into the future with at least 4 hours notice. So, they can call with me same day.

As far as the questions, wait, let me make sure you guys can see this. You can see

01:58

enough of it. As far as the questions, you don't really need to put any questions.

Um, I'm going to show you what I've got. I've got a form.

So, I get name and email. Make sure this is visible.

Yeah. Name and email, and then phone number, and then Instagram username.

Those are all the questions I

02:13

asked them, and they're able to just click the link, type in their number, their username, and book a call. That's all you need.

That's the entire Calendarly setup. And I believe Cowanly is like 10 bucks or 15 bucks a month, something like that.

I don't remember exactly what you get when you pay for it. You might be able to use it for

02:30

free, but I I feel like there's a re I think it's like you get a custom booking link or something when you pay. Whatever it is, it's worth the 10 bucks.

So, I would just pay for Calendarly. Now, when they book a call, you have two options.

This is the call itself when you're actually closing them, getting them in. So, you have two options when they book

02:45

a call. A one call close and a two call close.

A one call close is much better for the simple funnels. So, all you do is you discuss the percentage and you sign the contract after the call.

You you close them on one call. Now, this only works if it's super simple.

03:00

prefer a two call close most of the time. It's way better for like complex funnels.

So, you have to gather the info, put together a plan, and then call again to run over the plan, and then on that call is where you close them. Now, I prefer that.

I just feel like it's way

03:16

easier to close them when you can put all that together. And a lot of times I actually do need the time to come up with a plan and come up with a funnel and all of that.

So I couldn't even have closed them on the first call if I wanted to cuz I want to make sure I have a solid plan and I want to make sure I even want to work with them. So a lot of

03:33

times that'll be the reason I do a two call close. Now you need to understand this.

If they're getting on a call with you after watching the video, they're 90% closed already because you already explained briefly what it is you want to do. You explain that you take a percentage.

You explained all this. They still want to get on a call.

They just

03:48

want to clear up the details. So, this is what I was saying before.

I would not even consider this a closing call. You need to think of this as a call to form a partnership.

And especially if you're not charging an upfront or retainer or anything, if you're just going for revshare, it should be really easy. I'm getting sick of having a random [ __ ]

04:04

line in every single one of these boxes. Now, moving back over here, here's the information that you want to gather.

Assuming you do a one call close or two call close. You need to get all this information.

So then you can decide what you want to do. It is first what their current offer is.

So if they're selling

04:20

anything, what is it that they're selling? Second is what their current funnel is.

So what does that look like? And ask them because it's not always what it looks like on surface level.

What numbers did they do last month? Obviously very important.

You want to know how much money they're making so you know what to pitch them if you're taking a percentage of everything or

04:36

not. You want to know if they have or if they are working with an operator because if they're doing numbers, chances are they've tried one in the past or whatever it is.

A lot of these guys have tried one and it's been a [ __ ] operator because they didn't learn from this video that you're watching right now. So then they stopped working with them.

And then you also want to know

04:53

what people are requesting from them in DMs because a lot of times when it comes to building the offer, the answers are already in their DMs from people asking them to sell something. It's already there.

So here you go. The one call close.

Like I said, if the offer is straightforward and you have a solid plan just from those answers on the call

05:09

and you feel like they'll close, then just go for the close on the spot. And then at the end of the call, wait, let me let me say this first.

For the two call close, like I said, if their offer is more complex and you need more time to think about it, then tell them you'll put together a plan based on the information they gave you and schedule a

05:24

second call. And I always do this as well if I feel like they're somewhat skeptical.

If I feel like they're not 100% sold or I feel like they they're just not sure about it and I can tell it in their voice, then I'm always going to go the two call route because it immediately when I say, "Okay, why don't

05:40

we do this? I'll just I'll put together a plan.

I'll send it over to you." When I say it like that, you can literally hear like the stress leave their body and they just trust you so much more. I can't explain it, but try it and you'll see exactly what I'm talking about.

Now,

05:55

this is the case for me 80% of the time. I'm almost always doing a two call close.

All you do, you set up a myro with a more detailed plan. You run over it on the second call with them and then you close them.

That's it. And at the end of the call, you want to collect first name, last name, and email.

And you send over the contract, same day,

06:12

and schedule the next call to get started, which obviously I have a module in this video as well showing how to send the contract and what you need in that, but it's really, really simple. So, as far as the actual close, typically I'm aiming for 30% rev share, which is high.

Um, and I'm always going

06:29

for a minimum of at least 15 to 20%. Even if I'm getting a percentage of something they're already selling.

If they're already doing 20 grand a month, I'm probably going to go on the lower end of the 30%. I'm going to ask for 15 to 20% still of the money they're already making.

So, I'm going to be

06:44

getting paid instantly. Now, why do I take a revshare percent over an upfront fee or retainer?

I used to only charge upfront fees. So guys, I remember I told you guys I I used to do like Discord setups and that kind of thing.

I only charge upfront fees for that. These are just card payments, by the way, not including crypto, any of that.

I was

07:00

running it the [ __ ] up. Um, the only time I'll charge an upfront fee now is if I feel like they might move slow.

That's the only time I'll do an upfront fee. Aside from that, I'm pretty much always going to do a rev share percentage just

07:16

because, let me put it to you this way. If you feel like a creator is going to make a lot of money, why would you want an extra thousand upfront or 5,000 upfront?

If you know you can make them [ __ ] print, then you should just be going for as high of a rev share as

07:31

possible. It's easier to close them on a higher rev share.

You're going to make more money in the long term anyways. The only time I would charge an upfront or retainer or whatever is if I wasn't really sure they'd make money.

Now, this goes down to this. You can also do an optional type form test to figure out if

07:48

you want to charge an upfront or a rep share. Now, this strategy pretty much only works if you're leading with a high ticket as top of funnel, but here's how it works.

All you want to do, and this is [ __ ] sauce, by the way, all you want to do is create a type form to gather information about their audience budgets and what their struggles are.

08:04

The whole point of this, you put you do it through an Instagram story. The whole point is it'll tell you a what to price the offer.

So, what what that should look like, b what should be included in the offer? What actually is the offer?

What guarantee should it be? It'll give you all these answers.

And C, the most

08:20

important. It'll tell you if they're even worth working with to begin with.

Cuz I've had situations where creators look really [ __ ] good. It looks like they can make a lot of money.

And then I'll just have that small piece like, let me just let me find out before I go through the [ __ ] of building out a funnel and building out all this [ __ ] Let me just test it first. You

08:38

make a tight form, you post on their story, and then all of a sudden you find out their audience is broke as [ __ ] And from the outside, it didn't look like that. So, if you have any skepticism, I would highly recommend running this.

Now, the other good thing is if you do this, let me explain. If you do this and

08:55

you actually want to take the calls, which you can, you can run this as like almost a mini high ticket offer launch. If you do this and you take the calls and you make them some money, say you close a couple high ticket deals at at 5K, 6K or whatever, you make them 10 to 15 grand.

Now you can easily tack on a

09:13

10 to 15k upfront, which they'll pay it without [ __ ] blinking and you can get the rev share percentage. This is sauce.

That's what I'm trying to tell you. This is sauce.

Now, what does this look like? Again, I kind of already went through I have a section going over

09:29

the type form stuff, but this is a little bit different. Four to six questions.

Now, I only have more on my type form because obviously my guarantee I can't work with everyone, but most offers are infinitely scalable. So, you don't need to qualify them as hard.

When it comes to this, again, it depends

09:45

if you're actually trying to have people book a call or not. That depends if you're if you're going to try and make them some money or not.

But if not, you ask them information. So you get name, number, email, location, age, that sort of stuff.

Uh what their current experience is, what they're struggling with. This is a big thing.

So you know

10:02

what to make the offer, how much they're able to invest, and then how much they're currently making, how much they want to be making. Again, when it comes to this, look at the type form section of this video.

Don't look at this part because this is just a quick overview. You want to watch the type form section.

I go way more in depth on each one of

10:18

these and actually explain the logic and reasoning behind it. And obviously, don't just ask how much they able to invest.

there's a way to ask it, which I I go over all of this. But anyhow, my point is you don't have to let people book a call.

But like I said, if you can and you get some closes,

10:34

you'll know that you want to work with them because you made them some money. You know, they can make money.

You know, their audience is good, but now you can also tack on an extra 5 to 15K up front easily, assuming that it's a high ticket offer. But that's all extra stuff.

Again, when it comes down to the actual

10:49

just the pure raw close itself, all you need to know is either one call close, two call close. If you want to stay on the safe side, make it a two call close.

I swear it's really [ __ ] easy to close these guys. Just put it in the the put your own mind in the frame of this is a partnership forming.

This is not

11:06

close. I'm not trying to close this guy.

It's a partnership forming. It should be simple enough.

So, don't over complicate it. And I promise you, closing these creators is the easiest thing ever.

If you follow my outreach strategy, you send a Loom video, by the time they're getting on a call with you, they're already closed. You have to suck

11:22

ass to not close them. That's all.

Hopefully, it makes sense. Okay.

Now, the last step with closing the creator is setting the contract. So, I just mentioned you need to put all your creators on contract the same exact day after the call.

I don't do it instantly. I'll tell them like, "Yeah, it'll be

11:38

sent out within the next couple hours, whatever." You don't want to act like you just have a [ __ ] template sitting there. It's better if they think you have a lawyer sending it or something.

Um, but look, realistically, you're never going to sue each other. This is literally just so each of you understand your percentages and what's expected from each side.

So, please don't over

11:54

complicate it. Even at my level, I use Chad GBT to make my contracts with creators.

I probably shouldn't do that, but I do. Um, just make sure it includes these things.

So, it needs to have a cancellation clause. So, what happens if you guys want to part ways because you are going to have clients that maybe

12:09

don't want to work with you anymore. I have a whole section talking about retaining clients, which should help you with that.

But, you know, you might have people that want to leave. You need something in there about that.

Percentages. So, obviously, how much you guys get upfront cost.

If you are charging them a setup fee or something like that, you want to have that on there. A termination period, which means

12:26

a minimum notice to terminate. So, they can't say tomorrow they're done working with you.

They need to give you a notice. Um, confidentiality.

You need this. It's an NDA.

I have an NDA with all of my clients. And then software costs.

So, define that the creator must cover these. Make it upfront ahead of

12:43

time. They're paying for the softwares.

They might ask a question like, "Oh, what's this?" Just explain. Yeah, that's just for the there's a couple softwares.

Um I don't I don't pay for those personally. That's it.

And then all the other all the other basic contract legalities.

12:58

That's it. Need some water.

God damn. Now, aside from that, once you have the contract made, again, you can use Chad GB to make it.

You want to send it electronically using a software either docuign, Dropbox Sign. I personally use

13:15

Drop Dropbox Sign. Most people use Docu Sign.

They're all the same [ __ ] Um, they're they're supposed to be legally binding. I don't really know if they [ __ ] are to be honest.

Again, I've never like been in a lawsuit, so I guess maybe I'll find out the hard way one day, but everyone does eign. It's like a very common thing.

So, you should have

13:31

no issue using this. I'm going to show you how to use this real quick.

It's super simple. So, once you have it opened up, you can go to your documents.

I obviously have to blur all this, but let me wait for it to load here. Here you go.

So, we've got all my current

13:47

like active contracts sent out. Um, if it's pending my signature or whatever.

Obviously, there's a lot of clients that are working on being closed right now. So, once you want to sign one, you just go to the top, click sign documents, then you drop it in.

So, I'll pop it in here. Go to next.

Then you add each

14:02

signer. So, we'll put test atgmail.

Put yourself your email and then it'll pop open here. This is where I'm going to move myself to this side so I can show you.

Um, all you do is you go to the bottom of the contract.

14:18

You go to the signature page, the client signature, the service provider. So, for myself, signer.

All I do is move the signature box, size it up nice, and then date signed. Then you go up here, signer, change it to test.

Again, drag the

14:34

signature date signed. Next, click next in the bottom right.

By the way, I just realized I was covering that. And then all you do is title it and then you send it out for signature.

Obviously, I'm not going to because it's not real, but that's all you do. It's pretty simple.

Um, so again,

14:51

shouldn't take you more than two seconds. It's super easy to do.

Um, you can use any of these softwares. They all work the exact same [ __ ] way.

And again, don't over complicate the the contract. But now I'm going to get into the juice, the real sauce, which is once you have a

15:08

creator, how to actually run them up and start making some [ __ ] money and putting dollars in your pocket. So, let's jump into it.

Okay, next up, very, very important and highly overlooked is payment processing and financing. Okay, a lot of people they overlook this, think it's no big deal.

It's very important what payment process you're

15:24

going to be using. And also financing is like literally the backbone of info products.

Like I know info offers that 90% of all the payments, all the money they make is through finance payments. So I'm about to explain this.

So first of all, how do you process payments? The processor.

How do when someone wants to pay and give you their credit card, how do you actually process the payment? And

15:40

how do you get paid? Because obviously you have to split it with the creator, all of that.

So there's two options when it comes to getting paid. Either way you cut it, the funds are going to want to go into one account.

This is the business account. This is not like an LLC, bank account, or anything like that.

I literally just mean the processor, okay? whatever processor you're using, the funds go on there

15:56

first and then you split it off into bank accounts. So when someone pays with their card, all that money, say someone pays five grand with their card, it's going to go into the payment processor, it's going to be in that account until you pay it out.

So either way you cut it, all the funds are going to go into one account. You can either split into separate accounts monthly, which is the

16:12

better option, or the creator wires you monthly. Obviously, if they're already set up and they're already making a ton of money, they're probably not going to want to give you access to those funds.

Of course, you need to at least get access to the dashboard to see all the numbers so you know they're not scamming you. You know they're not like, you

16:28

know, stealing money from you or saying they're making less than they actually are. So you no matter what, you need access to the dashboard so you can see all the numbers to know how much you're owed.

But if you do go this route, you just have the creator wire monthly. It's not a huge deal.

Um I have a lot of clients, like honestly my biggest

16:43

clients are like this. I don't pay it out from the account.

It's just every month we go through the P&L, they pay me what I'm owed, one wire, that's it. Um, and then of course this split into separate accounts monthly.

It's the same thing. You hop on a call once a month or or bi-weekly or however often you want to pay out.

You go through the P&L and

16:58

then you pay out into separate accounts. This one's a lot easier because all you'd have all you'd have is two bank accounts linked to the processor rather than one.

This one just means you have one bank account linked and all the money goes out into that account and then they wire you from their account. This one means you're getting the money straight out of the processor.

17:15

obviously it's quicker. So you don't have to wait for the wire from uh from the creator's account.

Anyhow, so there's only two payment processors you need to worry about. This is about the actual processor itself.

Now, okay, here they are. Fan basis and [ __ ] If you're in the info space at all, if you if you've like been looking into this

17:30

business model, you probably already know what both of these things are, but I'm going to explain it to you. So, first of all, Fan Basis.

I've literally been using Fan Basis since before they've even had a UI. Like, I'm very close with the team and the CEO.

There's me and Yosh. I absolutely love Yosh.

Um, when it comes to this, all my mentees, I

17:46

can get them instant approval. So, like when you first sign up to Fan Basis, you got to fill out a questionnaire, put in your LLC details, all of that stuff.

Um, same same with WAP, but with Fan Basis, I I can skip all of that. So, all my mentees, as soon as they have a creator, boom, instant approval, they can start processing.

None of that [ __ ] But

18:01

literally, I'm super super close. Like, here's me at a club with Yosh.

Obviously, we getting the fan bases signed, Dustin and Azerell, if you guys know Azerel for my my vlogs and [ __ ] And I'm running his offer. Um, fan bases event in Dubai.

Even in Dubai, I was at the fan bases event fan bases event in Miami. [ __ ] sick.

It was for Fourth

18:17

of July. They had like these [ __ ] guys in the air.

Fan bases signed these fire twirlers and [ __ ] Anyhow, Yash knows how to throw a party. It's sick.

Um, but my point is I'm very very close with that company. Um, I'm friends with a lot of the employees, a lot of the account managers.

I literally hang out with them every single day. And then of

18:33

course being that close with the CEO, having had used that platform since before they were literally processing any money, um, is pretty insane. So, that's definitely where my strongest connection is.

On the other side, there's [ __ ] I've been actually using [ __ ] longer than Fan Bases. I started with Hyper.

So, first it was actually

18:48

called Hyper. Um, this is before it was [ __ ] or anything like that.

I had my Discord. Look, I literally have a picture of me hitting 5K MR.

I was so proud of myself. 5K MR.

Um, there you see, dashboard Hyper. Um, this was back in 2022.

But I used WAP for my 125,000

19:04

member Discord server. At the time, they were called Hyper.

Um, WAP was a separate thing. and then [ __ ] acquired Hyper and it was just a bunch of [ __ ] happened um that made me switch and start using fan bases.

But I have been using [ __ ] since way way back in the day and essentially they're the same

19:21

thing, okay? They're both just processors.

I'm not going to go into all the pros and cons. All that matters is what financing options they have.

So, when it comes to both of these platforms when I tell you guys like literally both of them are the same thing. You're just going to process payments.

They all have different features and [ __ ] like W has

19:36

apps and all this stuff, but if I'm being honest with you guys, none of that [ __ ] matters. All that matter because because when it comes to building the landing page, building the funnel, you're going to do it outside of both of these platforms.

You're not going to make a fan-based landing page, a [ __ ] storefront. Like, I don't like that [ __ ] Um, so all you're using these for is to process payments and get payments

19:52

financed. I'm going to show you super super quick how to navigate each platform.

Obviously, I have to blur all all the numbers and [ __ ] out. Um, but I'm going to show you what you need to know.

Okay, so starting off with fan bases, they have the easiest [ __ ] UI on planet Earth. Like it's so easy to navigate.

Um, obviously they just have

20:07

the main page with how much money you made. Then they have like the earnings overview.

You can change uh like the date and time and see how much money you made year, whatever. All you really need to know is product.

So there's product is where you can create your products. You can create onetime payments or subscriptions.

20:23

someone's doing like an in-house payment plan, you simply just go to subscription and you go to advanced settings and you make it like an upfront. So, say someone's putting 2,000 down and then you want them on $500 a month.

So, you get the 2,000 and then you put this like every 30 days and say they just paid,

20:38

you can add a onetime initiation fee. So, this would be like 2,000 for 30 days.

Um, and then a subscription end date. So, say you want to charge them five times.

Okay? So, there you go.

Now, when you send them this link, they'll pay 2K now. In 30 days, they'll start getting charged 500 bucks a month.

After

20:53

five times, it'll stop and that's it. So, it's really, really easy to make payment links.

That's all you need to know. Literally, that's all you need to know with this.

And then you've got wallet. This is where you withdraw.

You just quick withdraw. Go straight into your account.

And then you've got the resolution center. This is where you handle uh disputes or anything like that.

By the way, guys, for my offer all

21:09

time, I've only had one dispute. Literally one dispute ever, which if you guys know Info Products, that's really [ __ ] good.

And that's very, very good customer satisfaction. Um, but that's literally all you need on this end.

Now, on [ __ ] let me show you. [ __ ] is always always always changing their UI and [ __ ] It's really, really [ __ ]

21:25

annoying. Um, so I don't even like they're always changing, but on the side, I'm gonna have to blur these, but you've got all the companies you're part.

As you can see, I run a lot of [ __ ] offers on [ __ ] Um, but on the side, you've got each one. You click on each one.

All you need access to is home. So, they have to add you as an admin if they're using [ __ ] And then you

21:42

have access to this homepage, and in this homepage is where you get all the revenue. I I just made a [ __ ] for my own offer, by the way.

That's why it says all zeros. I literally just made this um because I am going to start doing some processing through [ __ ] as well.

But my point is is all you need as long as you can see the gross revenue. So, you know, like I said, every month you just put

21:58

the dates. So, say we do the first, let's see, like last month, do June 1st to the 30th.

Um, and then you'll have all the gross revenue. You'll know exactly how much money was made.

That's how you figure out what you're owed. And then as far as payment links is the same thing, just checkout links.

You go here, create a checkout link. Um, advanced

22:15

options is how you can choose what uh, sorry, payment method is how you can choose like which uh, which payment options you you want to have for um, for financing. Other than that, you just create a checkout link and payouts.

That's where you can withdraw. That's

22:30

all you got to know, guys. Again, I don't like to use these for like let me full screen.

I don't like to use these as like storefronts or anything like that. To me, these are just payment processors.

This is just so like someone has a credit card, they want to pay you. This is how they do it.

Now, here's the other most important part that you need

22:45

to know when it comes to this. High ticket input products run off of financing.

Okay? Financing is literally the most important thing.

If you don't know what this means, it means someone can split a multi,000 program into just a couple hundred a month, and you get paid the entire amount upfront. So, let's say, for example, my program is

23:02

$5,000. Okay?

Let's say my my program is five grand, and someone only has $2,000, but they want to join. Okay?

They can pay me the $2,000 of whatever cash they have. And then the $3,000 that's left, we can run it through one of these financing companies.

Now, all these

23:17

financing companies are on [ __ ] and Fan Basis. Some of them are on WAP, some of them on Fan Basis.

They're not all on both of them, which I'm about to get into. But let's say they want to use Split, for example, they want to use Split, okay, for the the remaining three grand.

What that means is they can put

23:34

in credit cards are what you use for split it. You don't use um you don't use like credit score.

Again, I'm about to get into this. Every single financing option is different, but let's say let's say CLA, for example.

Okay, you want to finance 1,500 bucks through CLA. Okay, you can do that.

You put in your credit

23:49

score, it'll come out. They'll charge you a little bit of interest, but you can pay, say it's two grand, you can pay that over the course of 24 months.

When you pay that, the creator, I would get paid the two grand upfront from CLA, and then you're paying the monthly payments to Clara. So, it's really really huge

24:06

for scaling info products because obviously the creator is not going to want to do in-house financing because they're gonna have to do they're going to have to help you and all that [ __ ] Say on 200 bucks a month and then what happens if your card declines? You know what I mean?

They don't get their 200 bucks a month. It doesn't make it worth it to sell high ticket offer.

But with financing,

24:22

they can literally pay you upfront and then just be paying the financing company monthly. So, you get your money up front, you're happy, you sold the product, they get to get in even when they don't have the money and they only pay a couple hundred bucks a month.

So, it's a win-win for everyone. Um, but anyhow, these are all buy now, pay later companies.

I hope I explained that well.

24:38

Um, but to to put it even simpler, it's literally a loan, okay? It's a loan.

You can do do a loan for a few grand. Um, all it means is same same way you get a car loan, okay?

You buy a car with money you don't have. You pay it monthly.

That's it. It's the same exact thing here, except you can do for info

24:54

products, too. So, these are all buy now pay later companies that are either supported on Fanbas or [ __ ] Okay.

Now, I used to only use Fan Basis, but like I said, as of recent, I've been using both just because of the financing partners. Okay?

[ __ ] has a lot of these that Fan Basis does not have. So, now I'm on [ __ ]

25:09

as well. Now, [ __ ] and Fan Basis are always losing and gaining different financing partners, but if you're using both, you're pretty much guaranteed you can always get someone finance because you always have something, okay, which I'm about to explain as well.

And of course, you can use both for normal card payments as well. If someone just wants to pay with their card, they have the

25:25

money, you can finance, you can just process that without the financing. Now, every financing company is different, okay?

All these ones you're looking at here, some of them support US, some of them support Canada, some of them are international. Split it right now is like the only international one.

Sel, I believe, or sle or PA. Um, I don't even

25:41

remember. Either SL or PA, one of these supports Canada.

Some of them allow only up to like 1,500 bucks. Like Zip, CLA, those are like the smaller ones.

They only allow like a grand or two. Other ones, like split it, go up to like 65 grand, which is [ __ ] insane.

I've never dabbled with info products that

25:56

that expensive. I know a lot of the people that do are selling like Amazon FBA automation scam [ __ ] If there's ever an info product for like 50 60 grand, guys, you're probably getting [ __ ] scammed, okay?

Um, obviously there's some people that are really really big and they have like

26:12

billion-dollar masterminds where those are like 100 grand a year. I'm not talking about that.

I'm talking about you see a [ __ ] ad on Instagram of someone saying you're going to get an automated Amazon store and all you have to do is pay 50 grand and they do everything else. Use your brain, guys.

no info offer is is like that where it's

26:27

fully done for you. You don't have to do [ __ ] Otherwise, there's no point in they'd be selling it.

Um anyhow, little rant, but some also support split in four payments. So, maybe they'll only let you split it into four payments.

Other ones support up to 48 months. So, my point is every single financing company's different depending on how

26:44

much they're able to put down, how much they need to finance, what region they're in, if they have a credit score, what their credit is. Every single financing option is different.

But my point is, if you're using both fan bases and [ __ ] and again, a lot of these you have to get approved. You have to have processed some some money.

I literally

26:59

have everything that's on Fan Basis and [ __ ] I have access to all of it um because I've processed enough. And it's the same, you know, for my clients.

For my mentees, I can't guarantee I can get them a certain financing option. I can always get them like the basic ones like CLA, Zip, Afterpay, those are those are

27:14

really really easy. I can just text owner, get them access to that.

Um, for the rest for the rest of them though, like split it for example, you have to have, I believe, under a 2% dispute rate. You have to apply.

You have to get bank statements. There's there's a lot of things that go into this, but my point is, as long as you have both fan basis and [ __ ] or one or the other.

27:31

you're just starting out, all you really need is one. You can just run up fan basis and I can give you access to zip, all of that.

Um, zip after pay. Those are really the only ones you're going to need at the start and you can get people financed.

So, again, this is really, really big. I don't want you guys overlook this and be like, "Oh, I don't want this to be part of my business." A lot of people too, they seem to think

27:47

for some reason that like financing info products can be like unethical, which doesn't really make sense to me. Um, again, it's pretty pretty straightforward.

All it is is if someone doesn't have the few grand for a high ticket and just, you know, financing pretty much only comes into play with high ticket offers, but say someone

28:02

doesn't have the few grand to put up, I mean, it's pretty simple. It just means they're able to finance it and span it out across a couple years or months or whatever it is.

Um, and then of course the the only downside to this is they're charged a little bit of interest from the financing company. And again, the

28:19

interest is based on your credit score, all of that. This is not stuff the creator can control.

This is not stuff the person selling the course can control. All it is is they have the option at the checkout, it says CLA, it says Afterpay, whatever it is.

You put in your details and you go from there. It's not anything the creator can control.

The creator can't be like,

28:34

"Okay, I'm going to get you approved." It's not like that. They have to put in their [ __ ] and just see if the financing company will approve them.

Anyhow, I hope this makes a lot of sense. Like I said, I know offers.

Personally, my offer, I've only ever financed literally a few payments ever. Most people that come to me, they have the money.

Um,

28:51

recently, I've honestly been getting a lot of people that are like doing pretty well with the business model and just want to scale. Those people obviously they don't need to finance it.

They're able to just pay me my full price upfront. Um, but at the same time, mostly with paid ads, I know a lot of guys running like paid ads offers specifically like Jacob Levenrad Raph.

29:08

think he said I don't remember exactly what it was but I think it was like 80 or 90% of all their payments that might be high. So something high though like more more than not people are financing payments like over half the people that they close people are financing it they don't actually have the money um and that's all with paid ads.

So again it

29:24

depends on your traffic source depends on what kind of people you're selling what kind of offer it is depends on all those things. Um but yeah financing is literally the backbone of info products.

I think Yosh made a tweet about this too. Let me see if I can find it actually.

Yash the CEO of Fan Bases, he made a tweet and I think he gave the

29:40

actual numbers of how many people finance. Okay.

Yeah, I just found it. So, every single business over $1.5 million a month on fan basis um

29:56

over 25% comes from buy now pay later. So, everyone doing over a million and a half a month, again, let me just do that math for you.

25% of a million and a half a month is almost 400 grand. 400 grand a month is coming straight from

30:12

financing. And that's for like the big boys doing a million and a half a month.

And when I say million half a month, I'm not talking growth operators. I'm talking single offers doing a million and a half dollars a month.

Okay? And a quarter of their [ __ ] is financed.

So don't be one of those guys that's like, "Oh, I'm not going to use financing.

30:27

Whatever." Use it. It's not unethical.

So, as long as your offer is good, if you really believe in the product and you believe it's going to make your customer money, then you shouldn't have an issue getting people financed. Anyhow, that's all for this.

Okay, next is arguably it could be the most important part of this whole thing,

30:43

which is actually creating the offer. So, how do you actually make a winning offer that people want to buy?

Now, there's two types of offers. Now, before I get into this, market research is extremely extremely important.

Before you do anything, you're going to want to

31:00

look for similar creators to yours. Like as similar as you can get, platform, niche, everything as close to your type of creator as you can get.

You want to funnel hack them. Figure out exactly what they're doing.

See if it's already working. What type of offer are they selling.

What type of guarantee do they

31:16

have. You want to get as much information as possible so that you can get as close to the winning formula as you can.

Because if someone is already ripping it in a niche, there's absolutely no reason you should not just try to copy what's already working. I'm just being honest.

You don't need to

31:32

reinvent the wheel here. See what other people are doing.

See what's working. At the very minimum, take inspiration for the offer you're creating.

But if not, you're going to know exactly what's working. So, moving back to this, there's two types of offers, high ticket and low ticket.

Now the type of offer

31:49

you make is based on their platform. Their niche and the so platform mean meaning YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, whatever it is.

The niche meaning is it bisop, is it drop shipping, is it ecom, is it fitness and the demographic. You need to ask for screenshots of the demographic data so you know exactly

32:05

what that looks like. And the demographic, all you really need is region and age.

That's what you want to see. And then based on all those factors, you're going to decide which offer to lead with as top of funnel.

So real quick again the examples of the

32:23

different types of offers. So and I'm going to give you actual examples too.

Example region India age 16 to 17 platform Tik Tok super lowquality demographic. This is a very extreme.

I probably wouldn't even run this up but this is what a lowquality demo looks like. So you want to do a low ticket

32:39

offer. Now, low ticket offers are usually higher maintenance to operate and harder to set up.

So, pricing usually like $20 to $100 per month or 97 to 197 like 100 to 200 bucks one time obviously based on what's actually

32:55

inside of it. It's either hosted on school or Discord.

It's pretty much always a community. They usually always get group calls.

So, I'll do like a weekly group calls, some sort of course or consumable. All that is is something for them to consume right when they join so they don't cancel immediately.

And if

33:11

it is MR meaning if it is a monthly subscription then something that needs to be updated frequently. An example of a low ticket offer Imani has a $37 per month community digital launchpad where he teaches a bunch of different stuff in there and it's specifically to cater

33:26

towards his low ticket audience and he did extremely extremely well with this by the way. Now on the other side of it which another example I'm going to show you also has one which goes into have an ecosystem of offers an example region USA all 21 plus platform YouTube this is

33:42

like as good as it gets pretty much um high ticket offers they're always much easier to set up but you can hit a ceiling with fulfillment very very easily meaning you have to scale quickly I'm talking after like 10 signups you need to start doing different [ __ ] now

33:58

this usually looks like between $2 and $8,000 upfront No monthly direct one-on-one with the creator group coaching calls as well potentially. It depends exactly what uh exactly, you know, this goes back to hitting a ceiling.

If there's too many people, they're not going to do one-on-one with

34:13

everyone, so they have to do group coaching. Um, usually includes a time frame, meaning they'll pay 5K for 3 months and then if they want to continue the one-on-one, they have to pay more.

And then always includes a no-brainer guarantee, something to where it's like, oh, this makes it almost risk-free for me. Why would I not do it?

Now, a

34:29

guarantee is the most important part because it makes it so you don't need closing skills. You don't need a complex sales process or anything like that.

All you need is a no-brainer guarantee. But it's also important to note, you need to be very careful with getting caught up in conditional guarantees and and you

34:45

really need to make sure it's a win-win on both sides because these can either ruin your reputation if you make it sound too good to be true or can also screw you if it is too good to be true because then you have to hand out a bunch of refunds and that sort of thing. So whatever the guarantee is that you make, make sure it's something you can fulfill.

And it also needs to be

35:01

something that is not um subjective. The guarantee can't be based on something subjective.

It needs to be black and white, if that makes sense. Now, a quick example of this, I also had his agency accelerator, which he he kept changing the price, but I think majority of the time was $1,500.

Um, but again, he would

35:18

sell this, downell into this, and vice versa. He would take this, upsell people from this into this.

So he had a full ecosystem. Now, here's an example of this using my own offer.

So, all my leads come from YouTube. My audience is very high quality.

So, looking at my analytics, we can see majority of it is

35:35

United States device type. This is also something you can look at.

Um, half the people that watch my videos are watching on computer, which is really good because that means, you know, you guys are probably taking notes. You have a Google Doc up, something like that.

Um, you're searching for it. You're not just scrolling on your phone and finding my

35:50

video, which I know some of you are, but I'm just saying majority aren't. Um, and then age and gender.

97% male. Um, shout out to the 2.8% females.

And then if you look at age here, um, very few are underage, very few are like too old.

36:06

It's all right. And that like 18 to 34 is like where most of my, uh, most of my viewers are.

Now, of course, because my audience is high quality, I sell a high ticket offer. It's a multi-4 figure investment.

It's direct one-on-one with me and a guaranteed creator. you get a

36:22

guaranteed creator on contract, which is kind of like my no-brainer guarantee. Um, because I know that be satisfied with the creator, it's also a win-win because I get to have a percentage of another creator and continue building my portfolio and then on your side, you

36:39

have a creator to work with. So, it's uh it's a win-win and it makes the most sense.

That's the guarantee I came up with. Just an example.

Now, aside from high ticket and low ticket offers, and just to be clear, I do not have an ecosystem for my own offer. I do not have a Discord.

I do not have a low

36:55

ticket offer or anything like that. Again, my offer is a little bit different than most offers that you're going to run up just because I only open my offer as a means to bring on more creators.

Um, so it just makes sense. It's not necessarily if if I were to make a low ticket, not only would it

37:11

just be a pain in the ass, but it really just wouldn't make that much money. um I would have no reason to do that.

Now, there's also mid-t offers. I rarely touch these um because, you know, I found that mid ticket is not really needed until you're really scaled.

So, I would focus on low ticket and high ticket. But, this is what a mid ticket

37:27

looks like. It's usually only needed when you need to raise prices of the high ticket because you're taking on too many customers, which then leaves a gap because the low ticket is too low.

So, let's say your high ticket offer is 4 grand and you allow payment plans with two 2K down minimum is what they need.

37:43

You raise the price to 6K with a minimum of 4K down and the low ticket is 100 bucks a month. You're now missing all the people that could have paid 2K because they're either paying 100 bucks a month or putting down four.

What if they could have paid two? Now they get nothing.

They're going at a low ticket. That's it.

So that's where you would add

37:59

some type of mid ticket. And then the solution if financing is not applicable is add a mid ticket.

So it can be a group coaching version of the one-on-one or the same offer with a weaker guarantee. So, you could literally make this the group coaching one and then 6K for just one-on-one.

That's a great

38:15

example. Now, besides low, mid, and high ticket, the only two other things to consider are the time frame upsell and the software upsell.

And like I said before, the goal is to build an ecosystem of everything. When you're at scale, when you're doing six figure months, you have all these offers and

38:30

these upsells. This is what it looks like.

Time frame upsell. Super simple.

If you have a time frame, all you do is you just upsell when the time frame expires. Um, and that's obviously the upsell is going to be cheaper than the original upfront cost.

And all it does is extend the time frame. They're not

38:45

getting anything new. All they're doing is continuing the service they already paid for.

Obviously, you have to be transparent up front and make sure they know when they're purchasing that there is a time frame. You don't want them you don't want to hit them 3 months in and be like, "Yo, we need more money." And they're like, "What the [ __ ] I already paid for this." Needs to be very transparent.

The only other thing is a

39:00

software upsell. So, this comes later down the line, but it can be a very good upsell if you can pair some sort of software per that's perfectly congruent with your offer.

So, like you can make this like $500 onetime fee, a,000 onetime fee, or even make it like a monthly MR thing. There's a lot of different ways to go about it.

You can

39:16

get very creative with this, but this is also the only thing in an offer that could potentially build enterprise value for an exit. So, if you're running a another great example I just thought of is uh if you guys know Daniel Bittton, he has CrayoI.

So, Daniel Bittton and

39:33

Musa, by the way, when I was doing my Discord stuff, I built Musa's Discord. He paid me to build his Discord.

Daniel also paid me to build a Discord, but then 10 minutes after he paid, he changed his mind, so I refunded him. Um, that was kind of funny.

But, um, anyhow,

39:49

Daniel and Musa, they they have a software. It's called Crayo.

and all their content is about like clipping and that sort of thing. So then they made a software to go with it um to go with the info offers that they're selling and now they've built that into a huge software with enterprise value.

Musa was never

40:06

going to be able to exit his Discord media metas. It's just a subscription Discord.

You can't exit that. It's his face behind it everything.

U but now that software they have a multi-million dollar exit sitting right there because they built it and paired it with offers they were selling. So, that's just a really good quick example I just thought

40:21

of. Um, a software my close friend launched that I've been using is LaunchSmith, which you'll see me reference and you have seen me reference a lot throughout this video.

Um, but that's a great example. Yousef, he made the software Launch Smmith.

He's building a couple other ones as well as we speak. I don't have any equity or

40:37

anything like that in them at the time of making this video, but those are those are great plays as well. Um, I personally am just using them.

I'm doing my own thing. Maybe I build a software in the future, but in the meantime, I'll recommend the ones that are good to you guys.

Now, that's pretty much what it

40:52

looks like when it comes to actually creating the offer. Again, the biggest thing to keep in mind is building an ecosystem.

Obviously, at the start, you're not going to have a full ecosystem of offers. You're going to have one offer that you came up with.

Um, that's going to be the main one you're pushing. Then you might build out the second one, which is, you know, just

41:09

low ticket and high ticket. And then, honestly, until you're doing like 100K a month, I wouldn't even think about the rest.

I wouldn't think about mid-t software, none of that. Time frame upsell you can always have on a high ticket.

But anything else outside of low ticket and high ticket, I wouldn't think

41:24

too hard about. Sometimes I would even just focus on the high ticket and and and leave the low ticket kind of in the back of your mind until a little bit later.

Depends because obviously you need you need lead flow to do a low ticket. Depends on where the offer is.

Um but yeah, that's pretty much it for creating the offer. You don't have to think too hard about it.

It all comes

41:41

down to the guarantee. Make sure you come up with a strong guarantee and make sure you're looking at your competitors as well.

Okay guys, next I want to go over the low ticket offer setup. So first of all, as I mentioned before, high ticket offer fulfillment is really, really, really easy.

Like way easier than low ticket. Low ticket, you have to

41:56

build out a full community. There's a lot more that goes into it.

You have to honestly provide more value. Uh so again, little recap.

This is what a low ticket offer looks like. Okay, so here's an example.

Region would be like India, age 16 to 17, platform Tik Tok. This is a very very very like extreme example, but I just want to show you all of these

42:13

equals low quality demographic. They can't afford something high ticket.

They can't afford something expensive, but maybe they can afford like 20 bucks a month. So, here's what it looks like.

Like I said, usually way higher maintenance to operate and harder to set up. Uh pricing usually between 97 to 197 if you're going to do one time or $20 to

42:31

$97 per month if you're going to do like a monthly thing. Again, it depends entirely on what's included.

Platform. I either do school or Discord.

I'm about to go on a whole [ __ ] rant about this. Um I'm not a big school guy.

I prefer Discord. Now, what's included?

Weekly group calls. This is the main

42:46

thing people are paying for is going to be the group calls. If you're doing a low ticket, no group calls, there's just no [ __ ] point.

Uh the course/consumable. So, they need some something to consume right when they join.

This is to prevent instant cancellations. Again, most of what they're paying for and they're going to stay subscribed for is going to be the group calls.

Aside from that, you just

43:03

need something in there for them to consume. whether it's videos or a PDF or whatever something so that there's something for them to consume so they don't just just immediately cancel and then if it is MR meaning monthly um then something updated frequently so an example I can give is like my Discord business cord um it was a drop shipping

43:20

ecom server I ran up we had like weekly product drops and and that sort of thing so we'd give like winning products every week something that's consistently updated something to keep people looking forward to something um so that they stay subscribed now no one is going continue paying monthly for a course

43:35

they already watched within the first week is what I'm saying. The pricing is dependent entirely on if there's something updated frequently.

So, like I said, if it's just going to be a course and a call, there's not really a point in doing MR. I wouldn't do it, okay?

I would stick to like a onetime fee or

43:50

something, especially if it's just a course. Like, use your brain.

Obviously, no one's going to keep paying for a course that that they just watch one time. So, Discord versus school.

I'm going to start with school. school.

Extremely simple setup, not a ton of customizability. Um, I'm honestly like a

44:06

certified school hater. I have a couple tweets just dogging school.

So, like look, this one I said someone said school looks like a GoFundMe page. Literally, look at the [ __ ] Which which is which.

You can't even tell which is which, bro. Um, and then this one again, me ripping the UI.

That's really the biggest thing is it's just like a [ __ ] boomer UI. This tweet, these

44:24

tweets, this one got like 160k views. This one got 44.

Like, he's kind of ripped because everyone agreed with me. Um, but yeah, I'm not a fan of the school UI.

It's very, very simple, very, very basic. It's just not my thing, though.

Um, where on the other hand, you have Discord. Much more customizable,

44:39

but also that means it's going to be more complicated. So, there's bots, all that kind of [ __ ] Now, what I want you guys to know, Discord can actually be linked to both [ __ ] and fan bases to add and remove roles.

So, let me full screen real quick. This means if someone purchases a subscription to whatever

44:56

this is, if it's a Discord, okay, they purchase a subscription to Discord, when they buy that, they need to be added a roll inside the Discord so they can view all the private channels. You can hook this up to fan basis or W to where after they cancel, you know, when their membership expires, they're not paying

45:11

anymore, it'll automatically remove the role. And of course, automatically adds a role, too.

So, you're not manually adding roles, removing roles. It's all automated.

you could fully scale this um without having to worry about any any of the automation stuff. Now, I want to show you guys this, too.

So, creating/editing channels is really

45:27

really simple, but you need to be aware of five permissions. And I'm going to show you how to do this in a second, but here's the five permissions.

Let me real quick open Discord. So, I've got like Discord open right now.

This is just my old server. I'll make an example.

Um let me do it like actually I'm going to do on like a private server. So, I'll do like create channel test.

I'm just going

45:44

to show you the permissions. This is all that matters is the permissions.

You've got the roles, the permissions. These are what matters.

Okay, first you have view channel. This is who can view the channel or who can't.

If you want to make it exclusive, you go to add a member. So say you add like lifetime.

So say here we go. Accelerated member.

This would be like the paid member. They can

46:00

view but normal people can't view. This is just everyone in the server.

Okay. The next permission that matters is going to be sending messages.

So same thing, can they can they send messages or not? This is important for like announcement channels, that sort of thing.

These two create public and

46:15

private threads. Always turn both of these off because it can result in your your it's basically a vulnerability.

I don't even know why Discord even has it, but people can make threads and like announcement channels and [ __ ] and just and raid your server basically. Reactions.

This means like emojis. So maybe on certain uh certain announcement

46:32

channels, you don't want people to be able to add emojis because even sometimes they can add emojis of like the letters and spell [ __ ] out as if they're typing in a channel. So a lot of times I'll turn reactions off.

And the last thing is read message history, which means when someone gets a roll, did they only see the messages from then on or do they see the messages prior?

46:48

You always want them to see the messages prior. So, make sure that's on as well.

Those are the only permissions you need to worry about. And then, of course, you just save it and that's it.

It's pretty simple. Now, aside from what I just showed you, I've got a free template.

So, like I said, I used to run up this Discord [ __ ] guys. Um, I already have like a a server template literally just set up um with all the channels and

47:05

permissions that you need. So, if you want, again, if you've got the Myro um just pull it up, click on this, click the link, and it'll really literally just create the whole server for you.

Just put a name and that's literally it. So, now, how do I choose between Discord and school?

Really, really simple. If the group is a onetime fee, it probably

47:20

doesn't have a ton of content, so I'll choose school. And if the group has a lot of information, which usually means it's a monthly subscription, then I'll choose Discord.

But most of the time, I'm going to prefer Discord over school. Um, that's just how it is.

So, that's pretty much it with a low ticket. high ticket, like I said, it's a bit

47:37

different. Um, a lot of times I'll just do a group chat with a coach.

Nothing is going to be as complicated as a low ticket. And then you got to run this.

You might even need moderators depending on how many people there are. You got to make sure like you just got to make sure everything's running smooth.

And uh, a

47:52

high ticket is just a lot smoother to run. This is this is another reason why I pivoted from doing a lot of low ticket stuff to now doing high ticket stuff is just because high ticket is just [ __ ] easier.

To put it simply, it's just [ __ ] easier. So, it's up to you which one you want to run.

Obviously, I still run some low ticket. In that case, if you are running a low ticket, this is

48:08

pretty much everything you need to know. It's pretty straightforward.

You connect your processor to Discord. I wouldn't use anything else but Discord.

Um, very rare cases, I'll use school. And that's pretty much it.

It's pretty easy. Now, guys, I briefly mentioned earlier that I kind of come from the Discord space.

So,

48:24

I started off making Discords. Well, I started with reselling and then I got into cook groups, which are basically Discord groups.

They tell you when sneakers are dropping, that kind of thing. And uh that's kind of how I originated in the Discord space.

I literally did that for like four years and then almost three years ago now is when I just pivoted to like info

48:40

products as a whole and running high ticket offers, that sort of thing. But up until then, all I did is low ticket info products.

Now, my biggest personal success today, obviously I've got offers that are doing bigger numbers now, but my biggest personal success, meaning this was my own disc where this is not something I had a percentage of and I

48:57

was running up in the back end. I was running everything.

I was running the marketing. I was running all of this.

This is my $1.2 million Discord full case study. So again, my biggest personal success.

This was a low ticket Discord. So $125,000 members in total, $1.2 million in revenue.

It was a $40

49:13

per month ecom ecom group, obviously with upsells in the back end and all of that. It was marketed entirely through 100% organic Tik Tok.

So literally, we had a hashtag business court. I had affiliates running it.

I've done a previous case study on this. Uh I've done two actually.

I've done this video and then another video. Um, but I wanted

49:29

to to run through this again and make sure it was in this video. Again, 126,000 members.

Here's myself and my partner. If you search business, you can still do this.

You can see all of our affiliate accounts. We were running clipping essentially before clipping was clipping.

Like, it wasn't really a thing back then. So, I had to build my own

49:44

Discord, find my own affiliates. It was this really, really big thing.

We were literally getting a thousand people to come to a live event and a Discord. It was active as [ __ ] I sold the Discord.

I exited it. And then that's when I pivoted into what I'm doing now because it's a lot higher leverage.

Now, please,

50:00

all the information I'm about to share with you, take it with a grain of salt, okay? Everything I'm about to show you is what worked in the past, okay?

All this Tik Tok affiliate stuff, okay? I'm talking we'd be able to make a video purely lifestyle, it would get 200k views and we get a,000 people in the Discord.

You can't do that anymore. You

50:16

just can't. So, take everything with a grain of salt.

Um, this is what worked in the past. Right now, the high ticket info products I'm running are making more money than this Discord ever did.

Like I said, I'm in a way higher leverage vehicle now, but this was my own personal thing where I I owned all the equity. Um, nonetheless, extremely

50:32

valuable and unique. I created this case study last year, or not last year, earlier this year when I was in Dubai.

Um, I'm not going to like redo the case study. I'm just going to put it in this video because it's all the same information.

So, if you're wondering why I'm wearing this [ __ ] on my head, it's because I had just come back from riding dune buggies in the desert and I wanted

50:49

to make a video. So, I recorded a case study.

That's Dubai for you. Uh, but anyhow guys, yeah, I'm going to play it now.

And again, this was $1.2 million in a Discord, which is pretty [ __ ] unheard of now. 125,000 members.

I built an absolute empire. And you're going to

51:05

learn a lot from this. So enjoy the hashtag itself, # businesscord on Tik Tok.

143 million views. I think it's a lot more than that now.

And this is just tracked views, unttracked. It's something like 400 million the logo.

And then, you know, just to show you an event we were running, thousand optins.

51:20

If you know anything about Discord, Discord events, you know that that's crazy. This was a very, very active, engaged audience and it was just a an incredible group that I ran up.

Let me actually see. Yeah, it looks like I can pull up the hashtag here as well.

It doesn't say the views anymore. It says how many posts, which is kind of strange.

12 12.1,000

51:38

posts to the hashtag hashtag businesscord. All content that looks like this.

Um, just the lifestyle content. You guys have all probably seen it before.

I was the guy behind all that [ __ ] I kind of I don't want to say I started it, but people weren't really doing it the way

51:54

they are before me. So, I'm going to get into all this and explain how I did it.

And before I do that, let me explain how I got into this position with info products. So, here's a few pictures of me when I was younger.

Uh, but the to cut it short, basically, I started with

52:10

reselling sneakers. I would flip hyped items for a profit.

Let me let me full screen myself. I would flip hyped items.

Started with reselling sneakers and there was something called cook groups which was basically a Discord group you would pay monthly access to and they would tell you where all the sneakers are releasing all of that stuff. You'd

52:26

get all the information. So you'd want to pay for access to those groups.

And then at some point I realized why don't I just make my own group. Then I started running those groups up um buying and selling them that sort of thing running them up marketing them.

And then that's when I ended up making my biggest success business cord which I grew

52:43

225,000 members and then I have recently pivoted. I'm no longer just doing Discord stuff and I'll explain why as well.

But that is how I got to this point. I've pretty much only ever done info products.

It's you know obviously I've tried the drop shipping. I I did all that [ __ ] when I was 14 years old.

52:59

Um but I ended up settling with info products. Discord specifically was was pretty much how I came up.

So I have been doing this stuff for a while. I am very well verssed in info products.

I know what I'm talking about. So, you're going to gain a lot of value from this video.

So, let me first say this. The

53:15

server was hosted on Discord. I personally believe that Discord is the best platform for low ticket info products still to this day.

I know a lot of you guys have heard about school. School has been like taking over.

A lot of people are running low ticket info products. Uh when I say low ticket, by

53:30

the way, I'm I'm mostly talking about MR, so monthly groups, you know, under $100 a month. That's what I would consider low ticket.

Uh, but for those groups, I I really would recommend Discord. I think Discord is the best place to host them.

Still, in some cases, I would say school is better. It just depends on the niche and the

53:46

demographic, what kind of audience you're dealing with. Like, if it's a bunch of old [ __ ] people, then yeah, you should probably stick to school.

It just depends on a few things like that. But no, school is definitely good.

But I still think Discord remains supreme and is the best for retention and just

54:02

having a a valuepacked group. I think it's better than school in that way.

Anyhow, real quick, I want to show you guys what the Discord actually looked like. Just to pull it up here.

So, obviously, besides, I'm still a founder, just so you guys know. Even though we exited it, we still have some equity, but we're not doing anything.

It's

54:18

absolutely completely out of our control. I don't even know what they're selling in it at this point.

But I just want to show you guys the old announcements, what this kind of looked like when we were running it. So, as you can see, uh it was a e-commerce server was drop shipping specifically.

I was even posting some YouTube videos about drop shipping stuff. To be completely

54:34

clear, I did not have most of the drop shipping knowledge. It was my partner Noah.

That's why we were partners. He had all of the knowledge in that space.

Um, obviously, I learned a lot just from owning this Discord server. And I did some drop shipping, too, at the time, just because why not if I own the server and I made some money with that.

But

54:49

anyhow, drop shipping is not my thing. My thing is backend funnels, marketing, all of that stuff, sales.

Uh, so that's what my role was in this Discord server. And then once people actually purchased, which was my job getting people to purchase, once they purchased, my partner Noah was the one in the back end, retaining them, running all the

55:05

calls, that sort of thing. So, as you can see, I mean, I was even [ __ ] popping bottles at the club, getting the logo on the wall and [ __ ] drop ship, sponsorship, um, all these member milestones, product drops, just all this [ __ ] that I used to post in

55:20

here. We were running this [ __ ] up and it was extremely extremely active.

As you can see, I was running events all the freaking time. There's a screenshot of literally hundreds of people in an event live.

I ran this [ __ ] the [ __ ] up. Um, but yeah, I just wanted to show you

55:35

guys what the actual inside of the server looked like. And looks like there's a course in here now.

It was honestly somewhat similar when we were running it up, the way it was set up and everything, but um, it is definitely a lot different now. I'm not even sure if they have something for sale in here.

I have no [ __ ] idea. Okay, so let me

55:51

actually explain how the funnel itself works. So, it was very, very simple.

We grew the entire server through organic commission-based Tik Tok affiliates. When I say that, I'm literally talking about like a bunch of 14, imagine like an army of 14-year-old kids, all posting

56:07

dozens of times on Tik Tok every single day to get as many videos as possible out there and then out of all those videos, maybe one of them hits, and that's enough to bring in a [ __ ] ton of members. That is exactly what we were doing.

It's a completely mass approach, but it was entirely organic, commission-based Tik Tok affiliates.

56:23

Now, how did we actually do this? So, all we did is we were sending people into the free section of the Discord.

We had it divided up. We had a free section and we had a paid section.

The paid section is obviously what people get access to when they pay $40 a month. And then we had the free section, which is just almost the landing page inside the

56:40

Discord. So, you could literally type in discord.gg/business.

We had that vanity URL. We still have it.

Um, but you could literally type that in and get put into my server. So, we had all those people literally just typing in the word business into their Discord server adder and it would put

56:55

them in my server. So, when they joined the free section, we would essentially qualify them and then based on if they have money to buy the membership, we'd either send them to buy the membership or if they had no money to buy the membership, then we'd push them towards becoming an affiliate.

So, we were

57:11

gaining something out of every single member that was joining the server. Even if they had no money, they would become a marketer for us essentially.

And one of the ways they could get paid by posting these videos and getting members in the server was through days in the membership. We would give them a free membership if they brought in x amount

57:28

of people. So that's how we were able to scale it so so big.

So now how did we actually convert the members? So obviously besides there just being a channel in the server that show people where to join.

The biggest thing that we would use to drive members was live events. So, I would be running events in there essentially like an hourong Q&A

57:45

where I'm answering questions for maybe the first first 30 minutes. Then I'm starting to transition that into uh the membership, talking about the membership, answering questions on that, and then of course a big pitch at the end was some sort of discount giving people access to join.

And I really utilize the community heavily on these

58:01

calls. I would get people that are already in the paid community and kind of rile them up to convince more people to join the paid community that weren't already in there by literally just asking them if it was worth it and then having them all type in chat.

I was running it like a [ __ ] Twitch stream or something like that with a live chat and everything. I'll even show you a

58:17

clip of um of what that looked like. What makes Business Core different than other servers?

I love that you asked this. So, obviously we've got one of the biggest communities, but as far as our info goes, like it's very one-on-one.

So, it's very uh it's a very like personal experience. You can ask any of

58:33

the paid members. Yo, any paid members in here right now, drop a uh drop a yes in chat if I'm speaking facts.

Like, the experience is super one-on-one. You get to talk with me and Noah directly.

There you go. There's a bunch of paid members in here.

Now, aside from live events, the other major thing that I used to

58:48

convert members was my bot called Helix. So, I basically made a bot that opened a private channel every time somebody joined the server.

And when somebody would join the server, I have a staff member, a VA, basically hop in there and say, "Hey, welcome to the server." And then push them towards buying the

59:04

membership. Essentially, it'd be the exact same as doing DM outreach and just DMing someone when they join the Discord server.

But unfortunately, Discord has crazy crazy rate limits where it's literally not possible and after like a few days of trying to do that, your account will just get banned. It's crazy.

So, I I essentially just came up

59:20

with that bot, which is a solution. It just puts the DMs inside the server.

Basically, it makes a private channel where you can talk to them. It it titles the channel with their name.

So, obviously, they're going to click on that when they join the server and see that. Um, so that was a huge, huge way to increase members.

And by the way,

59:36

that's still available. Even though Discord is not like my main thing, that bot is still available.

Helixbot.co. Um, feel free to just go to that website.

I'll pop it up on screen, too. But feel free to go to that website and you can just add it to your server.

It's like a hundred bucks a month. But yeah, that's not my focus anymore.

I'm not

59:51

completely focused on Discord, but that bot still does work. So, if you have a Discord server, you can be making a [ __ ] ton more money by using that.

There's also a bunch of other features on there. It basically replaces every other bot you could have.

It's a software I built out around a year ago. So, yeah, that's basically what went into turning free members into paying customers.

That was

00:08

the entire conversion process. There was not a lot that went into it.

At the time, I didn't even have a landing page. I didn't have any of that stuff.

I didn't really know about funnels, nothing like that. So, I was just running it all inside the actual Discord server itself.

Now, the other question is how do you actually retain these members? So obviously once they join,

00:23

how do you get them to stay? I'll tell you how I do this nowadays.

So it entirely depends on the audience. I'm mostly working with creators nowadays, other people that already have audiences.

I'm not really doing marketing myself anymore. But essentially what I'm doing is depending on their audience, depending on the niche.

I'm either going on school or

00:40

Discord. Sometimes it's not even a low ticket offer.

Sometimes it's a high ticket offer and I don't even work with communities at all. That's why I'm telling you guys that I pivoted away from Discord.

I'm not just doing Discord anymore. It's more info products as a whole.

But if it is a low ticket info product, um it really just depends what's going to be inside the community.

00:56

If it's a type of business model where there's consistently updated information, for example, day trading, they're posting calls every single day or something, it needs to be on Discord. You need to have that Discord.

However, if it's a business model where maybe it's just uh you know, a course or something like that and there's not

01:11

really anything that gets updated that often, then I would host that on school and then just have them run a weekly call in there, have the course in there, and that's really all you need. But for things that are more complex and you need more stuff in it, then it needs to be Discord.

But the best thing, the most important thing for retention is running

01:27

calls. You need to run at least one call per week, a group call with the community.

You need to be somewhat active. You know, posting in there at least a few times a week, talking to the members, posting announcements, updates, giving people something to look forward to.

If there is a course in there, ideally having you know some course

01:43

module updates here and there and then of course if you have frequently updated information like in this server we had product drops like daily product drops. We give them a daily winning product.

That kind of stuff cooks really really well. But you know you don't need that and a lot of niches you're not going to

01:59

be able to do that. So just know the most important thing is that you're running calls.

Calls is what is going to run the entire community. Calls are the most important part easily.

Okay. Okay, now I know this is what you guys want to hear about the most was the marketing.

So, first I have a couple things to tell you. How did I start this snowball

02:15

effect? Because obviously you can understand once the snowball effect is already going.

I explained to you that, you know, we're qualifying people if they have no money, we just have them become an affiliate. I explained that part so it makes sense there.

But how do you get that snowball effect to kick off? So, first of all, as you can see

02:31

from these clips, I'm not really in them. These are just like general lifestyle clips, which does not work anymore.

The only way I see the strategy work now is if you have a face behind all the clips and it's somebody in the videos and it's about that person. The accounts are named after that person.

02:47

That's the only way the strategy somewhat works. And it needs to be really mass a mass mass strategy.

That's just the only way it works. Now, how did I actually get this to start?

Um, I got to start by literally going to another Discord server and making like a post and I was like, "Hey, I'm looking for

03:02

affiliates. If anybody is interested, shoot me a DM." And I got like a few guys to start posting.

And I was paying them like salary like $20 a week or something to post like two videos a day. And I just gave them a bunch of clips to post.

And then once one of those took

03:17

off, it took a little bit, but once one took off, then that's when the compound effect started. But like I said, guys, don't try to run this up with with clips like this.

Like it needs to be clips of people. That's just the only way it works.

It needs to be of a specific person. If this the only way this would

03:34

work now is if this account was called something Dustin Verono and all these clips had me in them. That's the only way this strategy works now.

The only way. This lifestyle clip [ __ ] it's completely saturated now.

It does not work. Now I'm going to show you the major content breakthrough.

And this is

03:49

literally what made me go from these videos not bringing in [ __ ] Even though they were getting views, they weren't bringing in any members to absolutely exploding and bringing a [ __ ] ton of members. And it was from one little change I made.

Okay, you guys ready for this? So, these videos, look, POV, you

04:06

cracked the code and it's just a compilation of lifestyle clips, right? Like, it's the most basic [ __ ] I'm sure you guys are very used to seeing this now.

However, there's one thing I changed about these videos because every video was the same. It was lifestyle clips, caption, but they weren't bringing in members.

Here's what I changed. I'm going to let the video

04:23

play. The third clip of the video is literally a clip showing my view, my computer setup, and then showing the Discord.

I showed the Discord. I didn't say to join it.

I didn't say anything like that, but I showed it so that people knew, people

04:40

watching this know I have a Discord. And then the caption, join us or don't.

It's up to you. It's like a call to action, but like kind of a call to action, you know?

It's um it's very subtle, but that was the change that changed everything. I gave everyone that clip and I said,

04:56

"Whatever you do, just put this clip in all your videos." And that [ __ ] worked like crazy. And um that's how we we started gaining a [ __ ] ton of members.

That was the one little change that we made. Now, we scaled extremely extremely quickly once that kicked off.

We scaled to 125,000 members, 125,000

05:14

in the span of about 8 months. And the majority of that growth was in the span of about four months.

Now you know exactly how I marketed it. I explained the conversions, the retention.

It might sound simple, but that's literally all that went into making $1.2 million. Now, of course, we had some high ticket stuff

05:29

in the back end. Um, honestly, the high ticket stuff equated over half the revenue.

It was not the low ticket, and high ticket is really what's working best now. High ticket is working a lot better, making a lot more money than low ticket in my current experience.

So, I would highly recommend um looking at the

05:45

high ticket route. I'm going to explain a little bit more now about how I pivoted and that sort of thing, but essentially what happened is we had this whole thing where we got banned on Stripe and then we lost a lot of our MR and uh we just ended up exiting.

We exited for a lot less than we should have to be completely honest with you.

06:00

So, it didn't really have a happy ending, but nonetheless, this was a uh a massive Discord and just a massively successful business as a whole. All right, next up is the landing page.

Again, this is really, really important, arguably one of the most important parts of the entire funnel. So, let's get

06:16

straight into it. Now, first, what I want to tell you guys, there's a [ __ ] ton of offers.

Let me let me share screen this. There is a ton of offers I run where I do not have a landing page.

Okay? Like, I'm talking like half the offers I run have no landing page.

It's just straight to a type form. Now, depending on the demographic, the

06:32

audience, where it's coming from, you don't really need a landing page. And sometimes not having a landing page will help sell like the authenticity.

It'll help sell like the raw style. If someone's making very niche videos and all the videos are raw and they really want to look like as authentic as possible, sometimes having a landing

06:47

page can make you look a little guruy. But if you don't have a landing page and you just have a type form, just an application, it really helps like you know building that authenticity and not looking so guruy.

With that said, the offers I do run landing pages with, I'm going to show you how I do it. But again, like I said, a lot of them it's

07:02

just straight to the type form. So, first let's talk about low ticket.

Low ticket pretty much always needs a landing page. If you're going to run a low ticket, you need a [ __ ] landing page.

You don't do a type form for a low ticket. It just doesn't work.

Um, so you need a landing page and almost always or like my low ticket landing page is identical. And I'm I'm going to break it

07:19

down. Now, high ticket, like I said, in many cases, I'll only use a type form and I'll skip doing a landing page entirely.

I have an entire segment in this video dedicated showing how to how to set up a type form. Um, so again, that's not going to be in this part, but full full type form funnel, the type form itself, setting up the question,

07:35

setting up the software, that's a separate section of this video. For this part right here, all I'm showing is a landing page.

So the landing page difference, I'm talking between a low ticket and a high ticket. Literally, the only difference is usually just either a button to pay or a button to apply.

So obviously with a low ticket, they'll

07:50

watch the video, there's going to be a button to join right there. High ticket, you don't just sell a $5,000 program on a landing page, okay?

you need them to hop on a call with someone and talk to them, figure out if they can help them, that sort of thing. So, for that, it would be an apply button rather than uh a pay button.

Now, you can also embed

08:07

the type form rather than having a button. I'm going to show you how to do this in a second, but first, let me go through the actual landing page itself.

So, first of all, my landing page format. Again, this is super super simple.

So, at the top, you can have a logo. You don't need a logo.

You can have the name, whatever it is. Um, you don't need that.

Underneath that is the

08:22

hero text. So, here's like an example lander page next to it.

the hero text, why creators pay me $120,000 a month to be their first class operator, whatever that is. And then subtext underneath, which is, you know, usually some type of call to action or it says watch this video first or whatever it is.

But the hero text is going to be your main

08:39

selling point. And then the VSSL, the most important part of the whole page, which I also have a whole section dedicated to, which I'm about to get into.

Um, the VSSL is the video that they watch that just sells them. That's what they need.

It gives them all the information they need, what the offer is, what their pain points are. Everything is in that VSSL.

the VSSL is

08:55

the most important. Then you have the call to action button which as you can see apply now or you can embed the type form.

I'll show you how to do that as well. And then I like to have first a section of video testimonials.

So where it kind of um it breaks down, you know, a little bit more of each person rather

09:11

than just a wall of testimonials, which I have changed up recently. I used to just do a wall of testimonials.

Now I like to do a section first of video testimonials, like video mentee interviews, that sort of thing. client interviews, client success stories, and then after you've shown a few of those,

09:26

you can just do a wall of screenshots and just overload as many results as possible. Now, I strictly use ClickFunnels.

So, when it comes to actually building these landing pages, I only use Clickfunnels. Um, I'm going to show you really quick how to use Clickfunnels, how to connect the domain,

09:41

creating a funnel, creating a page, adding elements, desktop and mobile versions. I'm going to show you how to do all of this right now.

So, to start out, all you do is you go to funnels, you create a funnel. I like to start from scratch.

Test funnel. And you create the funnel.

That's it.

09:56

Let it load. And then here you go.

So, this is where you can add steps in the funnel. Now, this is only if you're like sending emails and and that kind of [ __ ] through ClickFunnels.

And again, I only use Clickfunnels. If it's just a website, all you have to do is create a page.

New page. Again, you can

10:12

name it first page. Create page.

That's all you have to do. It's going to load it up.

And then you click on edit. And then this is where you actually make the landing page.

So I like to have it start out blank. It's really, really

10:28

easy. Um, sometimes it can be kind of clunky, but there's really only some things you need to know.

So first of all, you have to add a section. Again, I like to keep it blank.

I'll add a blank section. One column, two column.

So this is if, say, for example, you're doing like a wall of screenshots. I

10:44

might do like two or three columns. Um, but for this, it's all going to be one column.

Like I said, the text, the subtext, the video. So, it's going to be one column for this main part.

And then you simply just start adding stuff in. So, again, you got the headline, um the sub headline, and then if you want to embed the video, and then you can do a

11:01

button to apply. You just click on all these things.

And then, say maybe we want a divider under that. And then underneath this is where, say, we're going to have all the testimonials.

This is where you're going to want to add two columns as you can see. And then say

11:16

let's do image image. Add again.

Image image again. I'm just giving an example here.

So there you go. You've already built out most of it.

Now where this is weird is like sizing. Sizing on Click Funnels.

Let me make sure I'm recording all this. Yeah.

Okay.

11:32

Sizing is really really weird. Um I want to see if there's a better way I can show all of this.

I don't think so. Oh, actually it gets it in there.

Okay, cool. You can't like size this stuff.

You use padding. So you see where it says padding left to right?

You just drag this and it will add padding on the

11:48

side which in turn shrinks it. Again, it's really [ __ ] weird.

Let me look at my list I've got here. So, creating photo, creating pages.

I just showed you how to do that. Adding elements.

And again, to edit all of this, it's really easy. You just go into settings and then like for this, you can go down and uh this is where you change all the style,

12:04

the typography, the weight of the font, what font you want to use. You can change all this stuff right in here.

Um the color, all of that. Make it look nice.

You can also change like the backdrop. So if you want to make it uh you turn on background and then you can

12:19

put like a color. If you want to make it black, these are all the basic things.

Clickfunnels is not meant to be super super pretty. It's meant to be very straightforward to the point.

It sells them. They watch the VSSL.

That's all you have to have on here. You don't need to make a beautiful [ __ ] landing page.

Like guys, it does not matter.

12:36

You're thinking too hard about it. Um but that's pretty much most of that there.

Now, really quick, adding elements. Okay.

desktop mobile versions. This is the most important part of this.

And this is also where it's it's like Clickfunnels, what the [ __ ] are you doing? It's just weird.

So, if I wanted to view this on mobile, as you can see,

12:52

look, the video is already [ __ ] up. It looks weird.

Like, why is it like this? This is where ClickFunnels are really clunky, but it's also nice cuz it's full customizability.

What you'd want to do is duplicate this. At the bottom right here, you got visibility.

You have all and then you have desktop and you have a little mobile phone. Okay?

You'd set one

13:09

of them to desktop. So now this is only visible on desktop.

And then you set this one to mobile. Now this one's only visible on mobile.

And then of course I can edit the mobile one. It'll look completely different than the desktop one.

And now it's good. So that's the only thing that's a little bit clunky, a little bit weird with ClickFunnels.

13:25

Aside from that though, it's pretty straightforward to use. Um, again, you got to examine your demographic, figure out if most people are going to be on desktop, if they're going to be mobile, you know, where you put most of your attention.

But either way, you basically have to make the entire landing page twice. to make sure it's fully optimized.

Just

13:42

figure out, you know, if most people are coming on desktop, most are coming mobile. You get all this demographic data.

Um, just make sure it looks nice on both. Again, it doesn't have to be anything crazy beautiful.

Most of what matters is like the VSSL and the actual selling points. This is meant to be very, very simple, very, very basic.

13:57

Putting the focus on the video itself. Again, guys, this is not like a super long website with a bunch of [ __ ] It's really [ __ ] easy and straightforward.

Now, I'll save that real quick. This, okay, I went through all this.

The only thing is the domain. That's the only thing I haven't gone through.

Domains are a little bit clunky with uh with

14:13

Clickfunnels cuz you have to go into settings here and then you have to change this URL and then also the funnel settings which I believe is right here. Domain.

You click this and you can pick which one you want. So you've got to connect the domain to Clickfunnels first and then actually set the domain within

14:29

the funnel itself. to actually connect the domain, you simply go into your workspace settings and then click domains and then you can add domain and connect it really really easily.

So that's all you got to do. Um it's pretty straightforward.

Again, a lot of this stuff is like a little bit clunky.

14:44

There's so many ClickFunnels tutorials though and what I just showed you in 5 minutes is pretty much everything you need to know. So I wouldn't think too hard about it.

I wouldn't stress too hard about it. That's everything for the actual for actual setup.

Oh, and and one more thing too, how to embed the type forms. So say I want to embed it.

Let me

15:00

go back real quick. We'll pull this up.

Go back to edit. And then what you want to do is open type form.

Pick the type form you want. Whichever one the type form is.

You go to share in the top right. Okay.

It'll do its thing. Give you a link.

Whatever. Boom.

It brings you to this page. And then what you can do is

15:16

embed in a web page. Start embedding.

And it's going to give you the embed code. Then what you do is you copy that.

Then you add another element which is going to be HTML.js. You open this, you open the code editor

15:31

and you simply just paste it in. Done.

Save it. And then now when we open the preview, Type Form will be embedded into the page.

That easy. Really [ __ ] easy to embed it.

Um, that's pretty much it for

15:47

ClickFunnels. Now going back here.

This is honestly like starting to lag my computer because there's so much [ __ ] on this Myro board. Holy [ __ ] Uh, real quick, the landing page.

So, I've got an entire segment, like I said, dedicated to the VSSL. So, check that out for the VSSL part.

VSSL is really, really

16:03

important. I go super in-depth there.

Now, I think I covered everything down here. No, I did not.

So, oh, I do have one more thing. The popup.

So, sometimes I might include like a feature section depending if the offer is complex. Sometimes there's like an app or a software paired with it.

I might add a

16:19

little section on the landing page to show to show that. Not even so much to juice up the value, but sometimes just like make it clear what it is, how it works, that sort of thing.

Now, if you're gonna have a lead magnet, let me full screen for this. Don't be [ __ ] having three links in your creator's description.

Don't do that. Every single

16:35

client I work with, I make sure there's one link. There can't be any confusion.

If you add three links, they don't know which one to click on. Do they want to buy?

Do they want the free lead magnet? What do they want?

Okay, you can't do that. You need one link.

So, if I do have a lead magnet, I'll have it on this purchase page landing page. I'll have it on the same page.

Really, really simple

16:52

how this works. Let me pull this up again.

Wait, pull this up. Okay, if you're going to have a lead magnet, make it a popup on the same page.

Okay, and let me make this clear. I have tested this extensively and I found out that pop-ups do not decrease conversions.

17:09

However, having multiple links and confusing the viewer, the consumer, does decrease conversions drastically. Again, let me say this.

Having a popup when they open the web page is not going to hurt your conversions. Now, how do you do a popup?

Let me close this again. Go

17:25

here. All you do is you go up here, show popup.

You have a default pop-up, and then you can edit the pop-up settings, which again, it's all the same [ __ ] And look at this. All you do, you build a website the exact same way you did before, except it's on the popup this time.

Okay? You'd have, you usually have

17:41

like text, a picture, and then uh a button to submit the information. That's it.

That's literally it. So, again, you can go and fully customize this however you want to.

Now, for this, obviously, you're just going to want to be gathering their

17:56

information. So, this is where you kind of need to do a a form, which is where you do input.

So, you're going to want to add inputs. So, say we want their email and their phone number.

We're going to put those there. See, look, I'm like, why am I scrolling behind this?

Clickfunnels is just a little bit [ __ ] wonky. Um, and then here, you're going to want to put the input input

18:12

type as so phone number. So look, now we're getting email, phone number, and then what we want this to do is give us this data and add it into Clickfunnels.

And it's that simple. Now, going back over here.

So I just showed you how to do that. The only other thing I want to show you, the type of menty interviews,

18:28

okay, I'm all good. The type of menty interviews that you do are extremely extremely [ __ ] important.

It can't be super scripted. It can't be heavily ev edited or anything like that.

It has to give that raw authentic feel. If you guys look at mine, they're all like that.

They're all literally like me texting them saying, "Yo, I want to do

18:45

like an interview. I want to do a call with you and record it and post it.

Let's do it." And then that's all the prep. I don't tell them I'm gonna ask you these questions.

I don't do anything. I just get on the call.

Most of the time I don't even have questions. It's just a conversation.

You just do like a 20 minute conversation talking to them. What are they doing?

How are they

19:01

doing? How's the support?

How's the program? You're just asking them basic questions, having a conversation with them, making making it raw and authentic.

It just can't be scripted or or edited or anything like that. I don't edit them.

I like them raw. Nice.

You can you can watch it and truly like actually listen to the conversation and

19:16

tell we're just talking. We're just two dudes talking.

Now, I'm going to play this video. This is the This is the interview I did with Maheen.

I want you guys to watch it and just like understand it's literally just a conversation between two dudes. He did 0 to 60k a month in four months.

Like here's a screenshot. Um this is when his

19:33

first 50k month, twothirds of the way through the month looking like it's going to be my first 50k month. Don't see how I don't hit it.

Boom. I'm going to play this.

I want you guys to watch it um and have in the back of your mind obviously great results. You can listen to everything, gain the value from the offers he's running, all of that.

But

19:48

also have in the back of your mind of how this interview is set up. It's just a normal call.

It's just raw. It's authentic.

Keep that in your mind while you watch it so you can understand that you're going to want to do this exact same thing with your creators as well. U Maheen is definitely an interesting guy.

You guys know Maheen. I've referenced him in one or two of my videos before as

20:06

just a student testimonial. He was making almost 50k a month.

He's doing great now. now even above that which we're about to get into.

Yeah, I mean he's definitely an interesting guy. I wasn't planning on doing an interview with him.

Uh just because a lot of like the offers he runs like a lot of that info needs to be kept private. He prefers it that way.

Um but he's just

20:23

like he gets like five DMs a day of people like yo like is it worth it to work with Dustin? Whatever.

Um so he actually said like he wanted to do one. So here's the video.

Hopefully you guys enjoy it. Again you have questions or anything feel free to ask uh in the comments.

But enjoy.

20:38

Yo, what's good guys? It's Dustin.

Got another menty interview. Very highly requested.

I am here with Maheen. As you guys know, I've referenced him in a few videos before.

Maheen is my top performing student number one. Um, so a lot of you guys have wanted to see a mentee interview.

So, here it is. What's

20:54

good, Maheen? What's good, man?

How you doing? Doing well, man.

How are you? Why don't you tell everyone just start by telling everyone like where you're from, I guess.

Yeah, of course. No, thank you, Dustin.

Um, at first I was like, "Hey, I'm getting a lot of messages from your videos." And I'm like, "Hey, Dustin, why

21:10

don't uh why don't we just make a video?" Cuz I was getting like three or four a day from you guys saying, "Hey, if you're legit, how is Dustin if I should do this or not?" So, I'm like, "Hey, why not?" But no, I'm from Calgary, Alberta. Very cold.

Uh, work with a lot of cars, but met Dustin about

21:27

a year or two ago, went through his program and made a [ __ ] ton of money. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah.

So, uh, Maheen was showing me all the m all the DMs that he's been getting from you guys. Uh, but yeah, just to be completely clear, yeah, I've known Maheen for like a year or two now.

We we kind of go back since, you

21:43

know, we've both kind of been in a similar space. And then about 4 months ago, he joined the mentorship.

So, that's basically everything we're going to be covering in this video. This is like a very mentorship based video.

Obviously, there's going to be tons of value, too. We're going to talk a little bit about like what niche he's working with since he's got a pretty good untapped niche.

U, but yeah, lots of

22:00

value. So, let's uh let's jump right into it.

All right. So, Mah, the question that everyone watching this video is going to want to know.

Obviously, we'll just we'll start it off strong. How much money are you personally profiting per month right now?

We just cleared 55K, so almost on the

22:16

$60,000 mark per month. Okay, perfect.

Yeah, great to hear, guys. As I said before, he is my top performing student as of now.

No 100K month students yet. Hopefully soon, though.

Um, but yeah, almost 60k per month in personal profit, not creator

22:31

revenue. And how many creators is that divided into?

How many are you working with right now? I'm working with four.

Four creators. Okay.

So, bro, guys, I always tell you guys like four creator is 60K per month. And 60K per month is a lot of [ __ ] money.

Like a lot of you guys that DM me and [ __ ] you only want

22:47

to make like 10K, 20K per month. Like, you can achieve that with literally one creator.

Like I I always tell you guys, like literally one solid creator is all it takes. You guys do not have to run this up like an agency and have a dozen clients making you a couple grand per month.

All you need is one really solid

23:04

creator and you have a solid percent and you're running all their backend and you can easily make a full-time income from just one creator. All right.

So, I'm sure everyone's going to want to know what niche you're working with. So, of those four creators, what what niche are they in?

What niche are they in? They're in bisop.

But I love you, Dustin. But um

23:22

it's an untapped market for sure uh that I want to keep just for me for now. But yeah.

Okay. Yeah.

I mean you don't you don't have to say exactly what the niche is. I know you uh it is a I mean to all fairness guys like I've worked with a lot of bisop niches but like Maheen's hitting a pretty good one to where like

23:38

most people aren't even really outreaching to these people. But I've told you guys a lot before like bisop really is where you can make the most money from creators that are not super big.

going to be completely honest, like Mahina is not working with creators that are super super big. But because it's

23:53

Bisop and because it's like a pretty solid niche where there's really no other growth operators hitting it, like it's uh it's a solid opportunity. But you guys, you guys need to drop the thinking that you need to be working with someone that has a million followers to make money cuz it's just not the case at all.

Especially with YouTube, like there's tons of YouTube

24:08

creators. Uh there's tons of people that um you know they don't have a lot of followers or engagement, but they can still make a ton of money just because the lead quality is so much higher with YouTube.

Yeah, we don't we don't have to go into the exact niche. No, no worries, man.

Yeah, I think it's easier already working with people already selling

24:25

something cuz then they can just go and upsell their current customers. Yeah.

And uh and that's that's what I made that whole video on too is like you can you can literally just take a pre-existing customer base whether it's a low ticket or whatever it is and you can just upsell into high ticket or vice versa. You could take people from a high

24:41

ticket and u you can downell them into something low ticket. So in a lot of cases it's guys it's easier and you can make a lot more money from working with people that already have a customer base and already sell some type of info product.

And real quick, sidebar too, you actually met James like like you

24:58

said like a year ago or something like that. Can you just explain that super quick because I think it's absolutely insane that I just did like a menty interview with James and you've actually met him in person.

I haven't even met you in person yet. Yeah, I know.

That's crazy. Uh where were we?

I was middle of running my dealership. I knew James before when we

25:15

had our business court thing, but the kid was keeping tabs with me saying, "Hey, I'm in BC. I'm nearby.

You should come and chat. Say hello.

But I don't know, I was just too busy with my thing. I never really paid attention or gave it time.

But James stayed consistent, bro.

25:30

Uh, one day at the dealership, I had four guys running around, you know, buying and selling. And James comes in with I forgot this Asian guy came in, but he looked pretty fresh and he had a camera with him.

And James was trying to set up this whole media thing. But the fact that he made that time to come see me no matter how busy I was and then he

25:48

was telling me how he's going to Bahin in in a couple months and doing all that but then to see him with you in in Dubai Bahin and all that stuff that's crazy that's crazy that that is actually like guys you guys need to understand like your face and your brand and your

26:04

reputation is everything cuz bro it's a small [ __ ] world like everyone knows each other everyone meets each other somehow like everyone knows someone Like the the fact that none of that is coordinated. I haven't even met Maheen yet.

He's met James who I was just James just came to Dubai. I haven't even

26:20

posted that video yet, but like it's actually Yeah, it's just crazy, dude. It's crazy.

It's crazy. I could even show you the the camera footage I had in my office shop of him just coming in and the presence.

It was sick. Seeing you guys as the younger generation, you become

26:35

skeptical, right, of where I should put my money and whatnot. But the way you guys keep your reputation of just constantly either vlogging, performing the same numbers, or staying consistent and meeting people.

Good for you, James. That's a that's a that's a clap for you, James.

26:50

Good for James. Okay, so back on topic.

So, you're working with four creators now. Are you still actively running outreach?

Are you still trying to bring out new creators? Are you just working with those ones?

Where you at with that? Uh, no, man.

Just sticking with the what I have now. Um, I'm honestly planning

27:06

just scaling it higher with the people I have. Makes more sense and more luck with me.

Like I said, I'm a bit more traditional in this sense. Um, I have four sales solid sales guys in my dealership.

Train them up to generate more numbers rather than reach out for new sales guys. And I feel like my

27:24

investment towards those guys automatically increase in the next two three months rather than finding that lucky guy. I'm not saying you're not wrong.

You can definitely find another guy that will create that difference for you, but it's a very small percentage. Rather than finding the right guys, the proper foundation, and training them how

27:40

you want them to be traded, always upscale them. Yeah.

And uh and guys, real quick, too, something else that's crazy is Maheen literally runs a dealership while doing this business model. Like a lot of you guys, like there's a lot of people that are just lazy and they don't think that

27:55

they can run it up because they don't have time or whatever. You're running two businesses simultaneously.

Can Can you like say something about the dealership real quick? Yeah, no worries.

I mean, the lazy part, man. Don't get me wrong, there's a day in where you and I were both lazy, too, right?

Yeah. But then something lit our asses up on

28:10

fire, but no. Um, two years ago, I started the whole wholesaling thing.

So, I've already always been in dealerships for almost 5 years uh in sales and then it was about time I decided to leave and get my own license. So, this will be two years of me running my dealership.

Um,

28:26

definitely struggled a couple months, but you learned through it and then numbers are looking pretty decent for me. At the same time, I've always kept tabs with Dustin and I've always been happy what Dustin was doing.

Um, so I called him time to time until to a point I was like, "Hey, I think I might be

28:42

able to take on more additional work uh based on the time I'm keeping for myself. But you have to keep in mind the structure I have at the dealership.

If I haven't learned from the basics we learned through, I would have gave in 24 hours on my own time. If I was able to

28:58

make sure that ran by itself somewhat, you still got to be there, but you know, they say you can judge a man based on the size of their problems. And I felt like my problems were too small at the dealership, so we started stacking up more, right?

Yeah. Well, there you go.

I mean, guys, some people are just uh you're either

29:14

cut out for it or you're or you're not. It's as simple as that.

Yeah. I was placed in the number one selling dealership with 10 other sales guys.

Um, if I didn't perform, I'm out of here. That was my one chance at that dealership because I wasn't ready to go be in the bottom feeder of the subprime

29:31

cars. And those 10 guys taught me a lot.

Um, they all went to the gym. They were all god-fearing men.

And the fact that it wasn't even about lying or hiding to get the sales done, cuz in cars, I can tell you right now, it's very easy to do that. But the way you stand up as an

29:48

alpha, lot not a lot of men have that nowadays, but when other people feel it, they'll buy anything from you. Yeah.

Fire. All right.

I mean, last question. How would you rate my involvement?

Cuz I get this question a lot of like they think because of how my offer is where I give

30:04

you a creator. A lot of people think like I'm just going to give it to you and just leave it at that.

So, how is my how would you rate like my involvement with everything after we I've already given you a creator and it's time to actually run the creator up? I remember the days where I was running in the cold and we would be in the car

30:19

and I would be on the call with you, right? Cuz I didn't have time afterwards and you would sacrifice those time to cut your other stuff early to give me that time.

Uh there's been many times late night at the dealership I've been just on with work and I give you the text, hey, can we have our call now? And

30:35

you make time for it. Uh so I appreciate that, man.

And I would say for the value it gets, get more than good. Yeah, of course, bro.

And and guys, remember too, like when it comes to actually building out the phone, maybe you could say something about this, but when it comes to actually building out everything in the back end, like we do all of that on call. I'm not like

30:50

leaving him in the dark like trying to figure out softwares and [ __ ] on his own. Like, we do everything together.

We get it all set up. So, he he's 100% sure that everything is being done right before delivering it to the creator.

And trust me, I ask a [ __ ] ton of questions. cuz I'm not young like you

31:06

guys where I have all the answers. I have to ask you four or five times till it wires in my head.

So yeah, I'm handled and you handled me well, bro. Good to hear.

Yeah. But uh anyhow, guys, yeah, so we'll we'll cut the video there.

Great great [ __ ] [ __ ] Mah. I hope I

31:22

hope to see Maheen at like 100k a month soon. Um just scaling really well.

Like you're just you're genuinely doing really well with everything. So guys, um all of you DMing Maheen, you know, you can just DM me, right?

Like it's great. It's great.

You have questions for me, but you can just DM me as well. Uh, but yeah, guys, hope you enjoyed the video.

31:38

If you have any questions about the mentorship or anything, feel free to leave a comment or just shoot me a DM. All righty.

Next up is the VSSL. The VSSL, the video sales letter, is arguably the most important part of any funnel.

It's simply the video that sells the viewer on purchasing. VSSL stands for video sales letter.

All that means

31:55

is they watch this video. It's going to cover everything.

And I'm I'm about to go through this. I pretty much break down every single aspect of the VSSL.

They're going to watch this video. after watching it.

The goal is they should want to buy or book a call or whatever the call to action is. That's what the VSSL should be doing.

So for low ticket offers, since it's

32:12

just going to be a purchase page, it sells them on buying on the spot. So they click it, they go to the website, they buy it right there after watching.

For high ticket offers, it's going to sell them on booking a call to be sold. So the call to action is going to be, you know, here, join now.

And the call to action here is going to be book a call, see if you're a good fit, whatever

32:28

it is. Now, most of the time, this is going to be a simple talking head video.

It's not going to be like a myro video like this. It's not going to look like this.

It's going to be a simple talking head video that looks like this or that looks like this. Just me talking to the camera.

Um, that's what a VSSL looks

32:44

like. Now, these are the primary components.

First, the demographic. So, calling out who the demographic is.

Viewer gain. So, what do they gain by watching this video?

You don't want to say obviously the video is to sell them, but you're not going to [ __ ] say that. So, it needs to give them some type of gain.

They need a reason for

33:00

watching. You're going to learn this in this video.

I'm going to reveal this, okay? The storytelling.

So, you really got to dig deep at like life story and and the VSSL needs to tell a story. It can't just be here's what the offer is.

You know what I mean? It needs to flow.

It needs to get them emotionally invested after they're emotionally

33:16

invested. The pitch, the pitch, and again, I'm about to break down each one of these.

The pitch is really simple. Includes what's included, the price, that sort of thing.

Objection handling. So, handling all the objections before the call, before anything.

you're going to handle all the objections. This is

33:31

why when people get on calls with my closers and my offers, they're pre-sold and then the length, how long it should be. So, let's go through each component now.

Um, I'm going to break it all down. So, to start out, demographic, it needs to start out by calling out the ICP, their ideal customer profile.

The

33:46

demographic needs to call it out. So, if you are XYZ, listen up.

That's pretty straightforward. So, for my my VSSL, if I had a VSSL, it would be like if you're a growth operator or if you're a closer or a setter, you need to transition into this business model.

Obviously, I wouldn't say it like that, but that's

34:02

that's the the target I'd be going for. Calling out whoever my typical mentee is telling them, yo, you're this person.

Watch this video. Viewer gain.

And then need to explain what they're going to gain from watching the video. So, I'm about to reveal reveal XYZ.

So, in my

34:18

case, it would be I'm about to show you exactly how I get dozens of creators to pay me hundreds of thousands of dollars a month to run their offer completing the back end. Okay, turn my brightness up.

That's it. I'm about to reveal XYZ.

Again, I'm just giving you guys examples, showing you how it should look

34:33

with your offer. Next is storytelling.

So, the creator needs to emotionally relate to the viewer. Now, the lower quality the audience, this is very like the lower quality the audience, the more you have to do this.

And the higher quality the audience, the less you have to do this. And it's best done by having a large part of the video going over

34:49

their life story. Now, this is what I really want you guys to focus on.

80% of this whole video should be the problem and desire and 20% should be the mechanism. What does that mean?

That means 80% of the video should be focusing on why they aren't where they want they want to be hitting their pain

35:04

points super super hard. You're not you're not this, you're not this.

You want to get here. This is where you are.

This is where you want to get. That needs to be 80% of the video is hitting hard and then also showing, you know, for most cases the creator will be like, I was in your exact shoes.

I was here and I got here. You want to be here.

35:22

That's what 80% of the video is is going over their problem and their desire. What's the issue?

What what do they want? The desire.

And then what's the issue? Why are they not there?

And then the 20% is in the middle. What's the mechanism that gets them from point A to point B?

What gets them from their

35:38

problem to their desire? It's the mechanism.

20% of the video needs to be the mechanism. And the mechanism is simply the business model.

It's whatever the offer is. So again, 80% of the video needs to be storytelling, relating to the viewer emotionally, really hitting hard at what they want, what their issues are, the desire, and then 20% the

35:56

small part, which is pretty much just the pitch, is selling the mechanism. So here's the mechanism.

The pitch, it's a full pitch on what's included. Obviously, you got to make all this flow together.

This is not separate parts. This whole thing flows together in one VSSL.

Now, I like to price hint instead of price drop. So again, I would go over

36:13

everything that's included, exactly what they get. You get access to these group calls, you get access to this support system, you get access to all of these resources, blah blah blah.

Go through everything in depth what they get. I like the price hint instead of price drop.

So if the offer is five grand, I won't say the offer's five grand, book a

36:28

call. I'll say it's a multi-figure investment.

This doesn't scare away people that don't have five grand because they might not know they can just get financed and they don't need five grand. doesn't scare those people away, but at the same time, it does scare away the people that have $10 in their bank account and know like, "Oh, multi-4 figures.

I don't have that. I'm not going to waste this closer time and

36:44

book a call." Next is objection handling. Here's where this gets good with AI.

You can give Chad GBT an exact explanation of your offer and ask it to give you potential objections. Okay, so these all need to be addressed in the VSSL.

However, you want to avoid the nitty-gritty objections. So, I'm going

37:00

to show you how how to do this with Chad GBT right now. Um, but you can literally get all the all the potential objections that anyone would have with your offer.

It's too good to be true. It's too expensive.

Just a couple examples I'm going to show you in a second. Um, and you need to just go over most of these in the VSSL and handle the objections

37:16

before the objections come on a sales call. So, by the time they're booking the call, their questions are already answered.

However, you don't want to avoid or you do want to avoid the super super like small details. So, the really small details with the offer, like how certain things work in there or or how

37:31

you do a certain thing or or really the things that make it sound like it's going to be a ton of work. Obviously, you don't want to make it sound too easy.

You do want to make it sound like it's going to take work, but you don't want to make it sound like it's going to be really [ __ ] hard and potentially give them an objection that is like a dealbreaker for them. Details kill

37:48

deals. Okay, remember that.

Now, let me show you how you can use chatbt to do to do this. So, opening this up, all I'm going to do is literally just first explain what my offer is.

So, I I sell a high ticket info product offer, teaching people how to partner

38:04

with creators and monetize their audience with info products. I am usually working with people that create organic content on YouTube, on YouTube and Instagram.

38:21

um I simply create some type of course mentorship to sell to their audience and I take a percentage for doing so. My own program is showing people how to do the exact same thing

38:38

and they pay me upfront to know how to do this and get one-on-one direct access to speak to me. Okay, here we go.

We typed out the offer. It is a 4 figure upfront investment.

38:54

Now, what are some potential objections my potential customers would have before buying my personal offer? Okay, there.

Just an example. You could probably make it sound a little bit better, but boom.

Here we go. Money

39:11

related. I can't afford it.

It's too expensive. Time and commitment.

I'm too busy. I want to wait till I sign my first creator.

I actually do get that one sometimes. Um, what if I fail?

Will this work in my niche? How do I know this is another guru program?

Why should I trust you? Do I actually get one-on-one with you?

Do I need an

39:27

audience or experience? And again, you can tell it's like, you know, you could say, "Give me more on the creator side.

A lot of people wonder if it's going to be hard to land a good

39:43

creator." Say something like that. And again, the more calls you take, the more you're going to know like what objections you're going to have.

So, you're go, "What if I can't find a good creator? Why would a creator work with me if I ever done this before?

What if I land a creator, but they flake or don't follow through? I probably shouldn't be [ __ ]

39:59

listening a bunch of these objections, but the point is you can literally just have AI give you all the objections that you would ever have." And there you go. So, moving back to this, you want to handle these objections after the pitch.

So all you do, you ask JBT. You take the

40:16

ones that you think are the most important or again from all the calls you'll know which ones are the most frequent, which ones you actually get frequently. And then you objection handle.

That's it. Now the last thing is the length.

Again, everyone obsesses over length, but it's really not that [ __ ] important. And it it needs to be based entirely on demographic, but even

40:32

then it's still not that important. This is what you need to know.

7 to 12 minutes for the lower quality audience, a shorter VSSL. So these are the people coming from Tik Tok and [ __ ] like that.

Low attention span. Um, I wouldn't do less than like seven, but you got to keep these ones short.

That's that's what's important with this higher

40:47

quality a audience. It doesn't matter as long as it's like 10 minutes.

It can be an hour long, bro. I know someone that has like a 4 hour long VSSL, which is insane to me.

I would say between 10 and 30 minutes, but as long as you're making sure the low quality audience gets a short one, as long as the high quality

41:02

one is above like 10 minutes, I don't think it matters that much. Um, I even know some people that do like myro videos like this that are an hour long, two hours long.

That's the VSSL. Personally, I don't do that.

I like the talking head style VSSLs, 30 minutes max. That's how I do it.

Now, I always like to have the VSSL edited as well.

41:18

So, raw VSSLs I don't think are that good unless they're longer ones. Like I was saying, the myros that are 30 minutes, an hour long.

But for these ones that, you know, 10, 20 minutes, I like to have it talking head. I like to have it edited.

I like to have it flow nice. Just you guys know, my mentees, they also get access to my VSSL editor in my network.

So, I've got like two

41:34

editors I use for all my VSSLs. My mentees get access to them, of course.

Now, I want to show you how you can actually use AI to write the entire VSSL for you, which this sounds [ __ ] insane, but I'm serious. I'm going to show you how right now.

So, I'm going to show you guys this with Launchmith again. So, LaunchSmith again, this is a

41:51

software my friend Yousef made. I've been using it a lot recently.

Essentially, how it works is, again, just a quick recap. You you create an account.

Um, you set up like a profile for every single client you have. They have their own profile on here and you answer like 30 questions.

So exactly

42:06

what their life story is, what their offer is. You give them testimonials.

It give them everything. You basically feed this data machine.

You give it as much data on as possible. You give it links to like the YouTube videos even.

It will read that. Um transcripts from the YouTube videos.

So then it's going to know exactly what the offer is, what type of content they're making, what

42:23

their their viewers lack, what the objections are. This AI already knows all this.

So I'm going to give you an example. And I made a separate AI video on this.

So I already have like one client in here. So then what you can do is you go to flows.

Okay? I'm not going to lie.

I already did this um but I have to do it again because I I had it on the

42:38

wrong screen. So here we go.

Here's how here's you go to flows. You click on video sales letter.

You select the client. So again, I'm going to click the client.

It already knows all the information about this client, the type of VSSL. So you can do post call booking, which I'm going to show you as well.

Um but this is for the cold traffic VSSL. Here we go.

And then here we go.

42:56

Generated content. And then you've got the full thing here.

You can pick which one prompt editor. You have all of this in here.

So here's what we want to do is um we want to give it instructions. Now, again, I already kind of gave it instructions, but here we go.

So, I said, "Create a 50-minute long VSSL. First, call the demographic.

Tell the viewer what they're going to gain from

43:12

watching. Go over the entire life story and relate to the viewer emotionally.

Explain exactly what the offer is, what's included, and emotionally relate to the viewer." I don't think I meant to put that twice. Come up with five to six primary objections a potential buyer may have, and solve the objections, or I'll say,

43:28

and handle the objections. And then, this is the one thing I did not add this on here.

Um, but you really want to have some testimonials. You want to have some type of case studies.

You don't have to make it its own section like this, like oh, at the end, but like flow it in, you know? So, like maybe in the storytelling part, midway through storytelling, you

43:45

could say, "My student James was in a the exact same situation as me. He's one of like my students that, you know, had like the same comeup as me, and now he's doing 60 grand a month." Okay, whatever it is, you can fit it in without it being like, "Now, here's the testimonial section." You know what I mean?

You just got to make it flow. That's the most

44:01

important thing. But anyhow, you can give it all this information here and then you simply generate it and then you wait about 20 30 seconds and it's going to spit me out of VSL and I didn't have to do anything but give it some prompts.

And like I said, this tool is so [ __ ] sick because it keeps all the

44:16

information. Once you give it all the info once and feed all the info, you can use this to spit out emails, via sales, everything.

And again, like this whole video, if you guys are watching this entire video, you're going to see I use this multiple times. I use this for emails.

I use this for for all this different [ __ ] Anyhow, as I'm speaking, here you go. So, first it's going to

44:32

break this stuff down for me. What their deepest fear is, what the internal story, all of this.

Again, it gets all this from just like his content and [ __ ] And then here we go. Hook.

Here's the hook. The first part of the hook, introduction, credibility.

Again, it broke it all up into steps. Um, whoops,

44:47

I skipped over one. Epiphany, sorry, emission emotional connection just like I told it to do.

Explanation of the unique mechanism, the pitch. It made the entire VSSL for me because it already has a data.

All you have to do is prompt it and it it knows exactly what to [ __ ] do. Whoa, it's getting dark

45:02

here. The sun's going down.

Does not look [ __ ] beautiful, though. Oh god, I love info products.

Okay, moving back here. There you go.

That's how you can literally make the entire VSSL with AI. Now, that's pretty much everything that goes into creating a VSSL.

Obviously, you don't want to like

45:18

completely just like use this one for one. Um, you want to put your own edits on it.

Make sure that it's it's solid in the right context, and you don't want to just do anything completely AI. Um, a lot of times I won't even give the creator like an exact script like this.

45:33

Sometimes I'll outline it. I'll give them an outline.

I'll kind of let them fill in some gaps themselves. Sometimes I find that to be better.

That's pretty much the gist of it. That's how to make a banger.

That's everything that goes into it. And again, the one thing I didn't have with the Myro is like you need testimonials on there.

So, make sure you do that. But that's pretty much

45:49

it. Okay.

Next, I'm going to go over the type form setup. So, obviously, type form is a massive, massive part of any offer.

mostly high ticket offers is where it's going to be used, but it's extremely important that you know exactly how to set it up, what questions to put because you guys need to realize this is a funnel in and of itself.

46:05

There's a completion rate. There's data that comes with the actual type form itself.

So, you want to get like that completion rate as high as possible. All these metrics I'm going to be going over.

I'm going to show you exactly how I do my type forms based on what type of offer it is, how to connect it with the calendarly, how to actually set up type

46:20

form as well. So, without any further ado, let's jump straight into it.

So, my $1 million a month type form setup because collectively with all clients and everything, these type forms that I've created generate over a million dollar a month. So, without any further ado, let's jump straight into it.

Now, real quick, I'm going to be breaking

46:36

this down using the previous case study as a reference. It's going to be a lot easier just because I can show you like numbers and that sort of thing.

Um, so any like numbers referenced in this part is from this case study, just so you guys know. So, jumping straight into it, you need between six to eight questions.

46:52

This is the sweet spot. So, this is what the questions look like.

First, the contact information, which is name, number, email, and and I want to make this super important. I used to actually put the contact info later.

And I think in a previous video, I think the video I made specifically on type form. I said

47:09

that I said put contact info. Sorry, I just want to make sure I'm recording.

I said put contact info later. But for some reason, that's changed.

And recently, as I've been putting it at the start, it's been doing better and and completion rate has been higher. So, as of now making this video, I would say put contact information at the very

47:25

start. Next is the basic information.

So, you want to connect or you want to collect location, age, Instagram username. Location and age is obviously very important for financing.

You want to be able to know if they're in the US, if they're 18, you want to know if they can get financed. If they're in India and they're 16, they're probably a bad quality lead in the first place.

And

47:41

then Instagram username. You don't need to collect this, but I do like to collect it.

Especially if you're running through Instagram, some type of Instagram funnel. You need to be able to look at like previous convos on Instagram.

see if there's uh any nurturing points there. Even even if not, just being able to look at their Instagram, finding more about this

47:57

person, it's going to make it a lot easier for the close. Next is niche related.

So, these are two questions that are actually related towards the topic. So, what's their current experience in X?

So, for me, it'd be like, what's your current experience in info products or growth operating or whatever? And then, what are they struggling with?

What got them seeking

48:12

help? Why are they even filling this type form in the first place?

It's obviously because they have a problem with something. Next is budget.

So, how much are they able to invest? Which is obviously important.

If you're selling info product, you need to know. And and here's another thing.

You don't want to make this like some super like salesy

48:28

question. This question is extremely important.

You need to flow it in and like even justify a reason for asking this. Obviously, deep down they know the reason they're filling this out.

This costs money. So, in a lot of cases, you don't even put like how much are you able to invest?

You would reward that

48:43

into something like a lot of people put like how much are you able to invest into yourself? I don't even like doing that either.

Um, what I'd prefer to do is just be transfor transparent. Be like, "This is a four-f figureure investment.

Are you able to invest it invest this much in yourself or or

48:59

something like that? Like literally tell them this is not [ __ ] free.

This costs money. Can you invest?" And then how much are they currently making and how much do they want to be making?

That's also just important, of course, to to gauge their budget, if they could put money in, if they could do a payment plan, and also just to put them in the

49:15

frame of mind of like how much do they want to be making of, assuming that it's uh is bizop, of course. And then the last question is a preface before booking, telling them to only show up to the call if they're serious and they know to show up to the call.

You can also throw something in there like um are you going to be on time with your

49:30

partners if you have any, you know, something including partners in there just so they know that if they do have a business partner that they need to bring them to the call because obviously you don't want to be dealing with like oh after you've pitched them and everything oh I need to go talk to my partner. Why was the partner not on the call in the first place?

Those people almost never close by the way. So that's extremely

49:46

important. Now I'm going to show you super quick how to actually set this up in the type form software and which subscription you actually need.

So I'm talking about how to literally create a type form. I'm going to show you right now.

So, the first thing you want to do is go to the top left and go to create a new form.

50:02

Let it load for a sec. I like to just do it from scratch.

Start from scratch. Fresh form.

So, here you go. It makes a brand new form.

This is where everything is that you need. So, the only elements you need are contact info at the start.

Like I said, um you can delete whatever

50:18

[ __ ] they give you. Contact form at the start.

Short text and long text. These are the only ones you're going to need for like the answers where they type multiple choice.

And then for the Calendarly, you can either embed the Calendarly into the actual type form or you can give it like

50:34

a question at the end and then have it redirect. It's it's completely up to you, but just to give you an example.

So again, super super easy to do all this. All you do is literally like say we don't want company.

You don't want company on there. Um a lot of times I won't even do last name.

You just hide that on the right side. I don't even

50:49

know if that's showing on the screen, but it's really really easy to use. um your question question here like guys this is so so simple to use type form um question you can add a description I don't like to do that just keep it as simple as possible and then at the end so let's say will

51:04

you show up to the call yes no obviously you make it better than this and then what you can do is you can add an ending so let me see I might have to like rearrange this a little if I move myself here okay here we

51:21

add an ending. So here you go.

You click add an ending. Redirect to URL.

And this is where you can put them to the Calendarly link, whatever it is. I'll just put like countly.com.

And now where it's important is obviously you don't want just anybody to be able to go to

51:36

this. You want to make sure that it's only like qualified people that can actually book a call, which is where you want to go to workflow up here.

And let me move this back now. Sorry, guys.

There we go. Move this back.

Now workflow. This is where you want to actually make sure only people

51:52

you want to talk to are able to show up to the call here. So, there's a bunch of different ways you can do it.

You can even even like map it out up here. What I do is I just go to outcome and then here you go.

It has the ending right here. And then so you can just choose an answer.

So, if they say yes, they'll show up to the call, then we'll send them there. And then

52:09

and then if they say no, we'll send them to an end screen that says they can't afford it. Obviously, you don't want to base it on like a question like this.

Will you show up to the call? This is pretty much always going to be based on the budget question.

So, if they pick that they have no money, they're never going to invest in themselves, then you're going to send them to a screen that says they're not qualified. And if

52:26

they can't invest in themselves, then you're going to send them straight to the calendarly and then right after they complete the form, it'll redirect to the calendarly. And you can also do the exact same outcome like I just said, except actually putting it with the content because you can actually link your Calendarly in here.

Again, all you do is click add content, click Calendarly, and it will integrate it in

52:41

the type form just so there's not like redirecting them after and all of that. Um, it's really up to you how you want to do it, but that's how you actually set it up.

As far as a subscription you need, it's not super important. Um, all that really matters is you have enough fills.

So, you get like a maximum amount

52:57

of fills with Type Form. I think it's like a hundred or something like that.

Um, I just pay like the $59 a month for pretty much all my clients. And I like to have my clients pay it as well.

I think I mentioned that before, but always have your clients, the creators pay for the subscriptions. Don't pay for that yourself.

Um, but it's like 59

53:13

bucks a month. So that that's this is really like the most important software you need.

So there should be no issue paying that. Now back over here, where were we?

So I ran through that. Now I'm going to give you like an actual idea of what the data looks like.

So again, linking back to this whole case study that I went through. 378 type form

53:29

fills. This is what the type form looked like of that 1300 views, 378 fills, which is a 66.4% completion rate, which is very high.

I think I I don't know if I said why it was so high. Um, I don't think I did, but I'll tell you right now.

The reason

53:44

it was high is because we only ran this type form to a group of paying customers. This was an ascension funnel, meaning these people, every single person that opened this had already given us money.

They had already bought something from us. So, a completion rate that high is extremely extremely good.

54:00

Usually, it's not going to be that high. I think mine for my own offer is uh like 30 something percent.

It's around 30%, which I would still consider good um for for just straight up cold traffic. Now, what numbers matter is all that matters.

Completion rate and the time to

54:15

complete. Time to complete.

We'll start with completion rate. Completion rate is the what percent of starts become submissions.

Okay. So, when they click start, do they close it or do they submit it?

That's all it is. And like I said, oh, I did say this 66.4% is very high.

It's only this high because it's

54:30

an ascension funnel. Now, the time to complete, this comes down to how in-depth the type form questions are.

And I like to keep this under 10 minutes. Now, I have a philosophy on this.

I've even seen some people require Loom video applications, like a recording of them doing a Loom to make

54:46

like the offer seem more exclusive. And I personally think it's an awful idea because even a qualified prospect with money may just not want to do this straight up.

So, I would recommend not doing that whatsoever. Um, like I said, under like 10 minutes.

I like to keep it around there. I've done some longer

55:02

ones. And again, guys, I've tested everything in this whole video.

I've tested extremely extremely extensively, including this type form stuff. I've tried I haven't tried like the whole Loom video [ __ ] That's extreme.

But I've tried longer type forms. I've tried every little thing to change data.

55:17

Moving this question here, moving this here, moving the contact form at the end, moving the contact form in the middle even. I've tested everything.

This is what I found works the absolute best. And personally, I think under 10 minutes to complete is what you want to be looking for.

I have not found any

55:33

benefit. They're not any more pre-sold if it takes them 30 minutes to do a type form.

That's just what I found with the offers I run, but maybe you'll see different results. Anyhow, back to this.

So, out of all that, we have 143 qualified type form fills. So, out of this 378 submissions, 38% of them were

55:50

qualified, which just means they have the money to invest or they can be financed. And like I said before, this is why I ask for location and age.

It tells me if a they're in a country with money or with a credit system, so they can finance it through clar afterpay firm. Obviously, there's a couple others like split it, but th those are the main ones.

You want to be looking for US 18

56:06

plus and then yeah, if they're at least 18, which you need for financing, no one no one can get financed if they're 15 years old. It just it's not going to happen.

And then, like I said before, type form logic allows you to filter out the unqualified people. So, this means you're only speaking to qualified people.

Exactly what I just showed you.

56:21

This is what it looks like if you have like a more in-depth one. Um, but literally this is what mine looks like.

Like, it's super super simple. Um, I have just literally the one I have basically one question that filters out these people and that's pretty much all you need.

Now, if they are qualified, it'll send them to a Calendarly to book

56:37

a call. It's really important that you do Calendarly.

You need Calendarly. Um, otherwise people aren't going to book.

So, use Calendarly. I think there's another one like cow.com.

I I like Calendarly more. Everyone uses Calendarly that I know.

Um, so out of this out of the people that actually got sent to book, 92% of them booked, which

56:53

again is really really good. 131 bookings and 88% showed.

I need some water. 88% is extremely [ __ ] good of a show up rate.

Again, it's not normally going to be this good. That's because it's an ascension funnel.

Again, just bringing

57:09

down the numbers for you. Now, how do you get a high show up rate?

Obviously, like I said, it's probably not going to be this good. I do know some offers where cold traffic is this good.

Um, but there's a couple things you can do. So, first of all, the biggest thing is you need to only allow people to book up to 48 hours in advance.

That means if I'm

57:27

here on Tuesday, I cannot book on Friday. The longest out I can book is this same time on Thursday.

48 hours. That's all I get.

And then ideally, you want people to be able to book same day if possible. If I see something and I'm interested in it and I can and I can be

57:43

on a call in two hours talking about it, that is peak interest. That's what you want if possible.

Obviously, this depends if you have closers, setters, what schedules look like. It depends on a lot of those things, but that is like in the perfect world what you want that to look like.

Now, also your follow-ups, and this is real quick how to do it.

57:59

It's just in your scheduling settings. Invitees can schedule two calendar days into the future.

That's it. Super simple.

Now, obviously, you want to be sending SMS and email as well. I'm not one of those guys that's going to send a ton of spammy things.

Obviously, you send them a confirmation after they book. You should also send them to a confirmation page, which I'm going to

58:15

talk about. Um, 24 hours in advance.

I'll send that out. Again, ideally, you want everyone to be booking within 24 hours.

I say set it as 48, but usually if you have it set as 48, people will book within 24 anyways. I send them 6

58:30

hours before and then 10 minutes before. Now, I like to personally send a text 2 to three hours before, whether that's an iMessage or WhatsApp, whatever it is, um, not automated, just to preface them before the call and like they know who they're going to be talking to.

It's a lot better than getting an automated

58:46

Calendarly email if they get like an actual person to reach out. Whether it's you or it's a setter.

For me, my offer, I send it personally. Um, it I've just found that like increases show up rates insanely when it's an actual person and not just some automated reminder.

Now, out of those 116 calls, 52 of them

59:02

closed, which is 45% on a 5K offer. 3.5K average cash collected.

That's including financing all of that for a total of 182 cash collected and 260k in contract value. Now again, even more of those prospects prospects will be closed in that initial 14 days as follow-ups

59:20

continue to go out. So I'm talking about the people that took the calls didn't close sending follow-ups and then of course many of these people also be successfully upsold at the end of the six-month offer because this was a six-month time frame offer.

So extremely extremely important there. Now again, like I was saying, this whole type form

59:36

funnel, again, the entire point of all of this is to get people from a point of interest when they first found out about something, when they were first interested in something, when they first saw a piece of content, whatever. You want to get the qualified people, you're taking those people, putting them through this filter, which is the type

59:53

form, you're qualifying them. This does two things.

First, it gives that exclusivity. It's an application, not just anyone can just go click a link and join and buy.

You got to get on a call. You got to go through through some steps.

And then also it weeds out the people you don't want to talk to in the first place, the people with no money. And then sometimes guys, it's not even

00:08

about money. Like I have a lot of offers, even even my own offer when I'll get on a call with someone and even if it's someone that like would pay right then and there, you don't want to work with them.

Like I remember I had one guy in specific. I remember I got on a call, everything went great.

He was down to

00:24

start. He was, "Oh, let me think about it." Whatever.

Again, I'm not going to use like some crazy pushy sales tactics. Okay, that's fine.

Um, this is a guy like on the call I got like actual good vibes from him. Like I was like, "Okay, like this I think this guy would actually be good to work with." And the next day he sent me like a bunch of contract stipulations.

00:41

Um, and normally like, you know, small edits to a contract will be fine. But this dude basically made his own [ __ ] contract saying like if he doesn't make X amount or something, I have to pay him personally out of my pocket this and I and he gave me a whole timeline.

I need to do this by this date. I need to do

00:57

this by this date. And it was like, dude, I don't [ __ ] work for you.

Um, and I didn't take that guy on. He was down to pay in full, but because of all the extra [ __ ] I'm like, why would I want to work with this guy?

And it's not even so much about the contract stipulations or anything about that. But when someone wants to go through the

01:14

process of putting all these extra things in place to like safeguard them, it shows them that it shows you that they're already in the mindset that they're going to fail. They already think in their mind they're going to fail.

Finny to set up this safety net for when they do fail. And I guarantee

01:30

you those people, if I would have taken that guy on, he would have failed because his whole mindset, anytime he had a second of doubt in his head or anything, he would fall back on that safety net that he created for himself. Any I'm kind of ranting on the side here, but my point is the point of type form and the point of taking a call before you close someone high ticket,

01:46

it's not just about if they have money and if you can close them, but a lot of times it's also about is this someone you even want to work with in the first place. Obviously, depends on the offer, but if it's one-on-one, something to keep in mind for your creators.

Okay. Now, I just spoke about this a bit in the type form section, but I want to go a little bit more in depth on

02:02

postbooking. So, this means after they book a call, what actually happens?

It's very important. So, it's very important to have a postbooking page and process.

After a call is booked, you need to ensure two things. One, they show up to the call and two, they show up to the

02:17

call pre-sold. Extremely important.

Okay. So, the only thing I spoke about so far is actually getting them to show up to a call.

So, like I said, you got to text them personally a few hours before the call to confirm they'll show up. A personal text from someone with either a profile pick on iMessage or

02:34

WhatsApp. You can actually do that on iMessage.

When you send a text, you can click share. It'll come up and it'll come up on their iMessage with a profile picture.

And obviously, WhatsApp already has profile pictures. That's extremely important.

It does. It can't just be [ __ ] only automated text.

So then I

02:49

like to set email reminders and SMS reminders. So email reminders I'll do again I think honestly this was a little bit different in the type form section.

It's not too [ __ ] important. If if you send a text 15 minutes prior or 10 minutes prior, it's not going to make a huge [ __ ] difference.

This is how I

03:05

do it. Email, like I said, 24 hours prior, not including the confirmation email.

6 hours prior email reminder. 1 hour prior email.

And you can also use AI to generate these, which I'm going to show you in a second. For SMS, I'll send a text like two hours before, which is the one I told you guys about, the

03:21

personal text. And then I might send one more like 10 or 15 minutes before.

It depends how like in they sounded over text. I might send one more like 10 or 15 before like, "Yo, excited to hop on." Something like that.

Um, now let me show you how to use AI to generate these

03:37

preall reminders. Again, I'm going to use the exact same AI.

Launch Smith, baby. So, all you do is you go to create emails.

You want to generate a email sequence. Again, I'm on my demo account.

We're going to use this guy from the previous video. Here it is.

Pre-all prep sequence is all I'm going to do. I don't have to [ __ ] do [ __ ] Once you're on

03:54

it, you can select who you want to generated by. Either Belle or Angelica.

I don't even really know the difference to be honest. I'll just click generate.

Let it do its thing. All right, there you go.

Email one. See how many emails I made.

Email two, email three. Kind of want to see how it did this actually.

04:13

Okay. Yeah.

So the first one is kind of setting expectations which I would do myself as well. Email two, insights you'll love before our chats.

Email three, answering top questions. So the only thing I would do different here is I would tell it to make one of these

04:29

very very heavily based on like a testimonial or a result or something like that. So, first you're kind of giving it insights into what they can expect and then you're showing them a testimonial of someone that hopped on a call and the results they got because of joining the call.

That's really the only

04:45

thing I would do a little bit differently here. Um, again, you want to you want to mess around with this.

This is why we have AI. You can change the prompts, reread it, edit it yourself a little bit too outside of AI.

I'm the whole point of me showing you that is like I'm trying to show you guys like copywriting. Why the [ __ ] would you be a copywriter when I can do that in two

05:01

seconds with AI? Why would why would you try and be a copywriter and sell that as a service for thousands of dollars a month?

Sorry if you're a copyriter, but you're [ __ ] Anyhow, going back over here. So, as far as this goes, after you've got all this set up, you've got

05:16

the email reminders. Again, I would AI these.

You could put these all in Calendarly as well. Calendarly will just auto send them for you.

SMS is the only thing I would do personally. I would not use Calendarly to send SMS.

Once you know they're going to show up to the call, the only other thing that's important is knowing that they show to the call pre-sold. Ideally, you want

05:33

everyone you hop on a call with to be like, "Oh my god, I'm so happy to be on this call. I'm so excited to get started." That's like that's what you want.

I have set myself up really nice where that is pretty much what I get on most of my calls. Most of my calls, the people I talk to for my own personal

05:49

offer, they're already ready to go. I have so much content out there, so much value.

I explain what the offer is so well. Like, most people that hop on a call with me are already like pre-sold, if you want to say that.

They already know they want to work with me. They're they just want the details and they're

06:04

ready to get started. Now, this is something extremely important to know.

For somebody to buy a high ticket info product, what I found is they need to have consumed a minimum of at least one to two hours of this person's content. Now, this goes back to the whole thing

06:19

of like Instagram versus YouTube. If someone sits there scrolling through this person's Instagram reels and they watch all their reels, they watch every single one, how much content is that going to be?

Is it going to be 30 minutes of cont? If it's 10-second reels, they're going to sit there and finish all their reels in 20 minutes.

There's they don't know this person.

06:35

They need to know this person. They need to know about the offer.

They need to know what they're getting into here. Whereas YouTube, you can kill that in one video.

Look at you guys watching this video. If you watch this whole video, you know what I'm about.

You know what my offer is. I provided tremendous

06:50

value to you. There's a massive, massive difference here.

So, this is extremely important to keep in mind. Now, outside of just putting this on your YouTube, if it's a YouTube creator, even if it's an Instagram creator, there's ways to get them to consume a lot of content outside

07:06

of this. This is how you do it.

You set up a call confirmation page. So, here's like a mockup example.

All you do is you give them content to consume. So, after they book a call, again, you can do this in Calendarly super super easily.

Same way I did it in type form, just adding like an ending. You can the same in Calendarly.

After they submit, redirect

07:21

to this link. Put them to this.

Boom. Give them content.

Consume book and confirm. please watch this video before I call.

Now, it gives them something to watch. Now, if they if they've only watched 20 minutes of your reels and you give them an hourong YouTube video to watch, a lot of them aren't going to

07:37

watch it, but those are the ones that probably don't give a [ __ ] anyways. The people that are interested will watch the video if you tell them like, "Yo, you need to watch this video before the call." You you can make it like as required as you want.

Um, but a lot of people are going to find the time to [ __ ] watch it and it's going to do

07:52

exactly what you needed it to do, which is pre-ell them. And it's not even so much pre-ell them, but it's like they just got to know you, bro.

They they got to know who the creator is, and that's the best way to do it. Okay, the next super super important thing I'm going to talk about is sales reps.

Now, I'm

08:08

always getting a zillion questions about sales reps. People are asking me, "Where do I get sales reps?

When do I put them an offer?" I also get a lot of [ __ ] idiots in my DMs like, "Yo, can you give me a closer? Um, I just want one ready before like I close a creator." And it's like you guys have it all wrong, but

08:24

it's fine because you're watching this video. I'm gonna explain it now.

That's all that matters. So, here we go.

Sales reps. This is extremely important.

Now, where do the [ __ ] where the [ __ ] do I even start this? Okay, there's two types of sales reps.

Sorry. Like, you guys don't understand how long it took me to make this whole thing.

There's two types of sales reps. Okay, there's appointment

08:39

setters and closers. At least these are the only two that like matter that you need to know about.

Okay, I'm not I'm not talking about like sales managers or anything like that either. I will in a bit, but right now I'm talking about appointment setters and closers specifically for info offers.

This is what's important. Now, the appointment setters are the ones texting or dialing

08:56

leads that come in to book them in a call with a closer. Typically, they make around 5% per close.

Okay? So, these are the people that you have maybe in the Instagram DMs, DMing leads, or replying to leads.

These are the people that maybe they're looking at the contacts list. They're dialing the numbers that

09:13

gave, you know, filled the type form but didn't book a call. whatever it is, they'll give those people a call.

There's different types of appointment setters. There's, you know, obviously the ones that are just texting.

You need to be a little bit better if you're dialing, but typically they make around 5% per close if that person ends up going through the pipeline and actually closing and paying. Then you have the

09:29

closers. These are the ones actually taking the calls and selling the program.

Now, usually they're given like 8 to 12% per close, average 10%. Also have to factor in like bonuses with the u I'll say this right here for very scaled offers with many closing setters.

You also need a sales manager. Um,

09:45

again, if you made it this far, you're probably one of my mentees, so I'll help you with that. But for when it comes to this, when it comes to sales managers, closer, setters, sales managers is also good if they give out like bonuses to closers and that sort of thing based on performance metrics.

So, I'm not including that and like 8 to 12%. Really

10:01

just depends how the whole team is run. Um, but at this point, when you need a sales manager, like the offer is doing multi-6 figures a month.

So, I wouldn't worry about that. Man, if you're at that point, you're probably one of my mentees.

Or if you get to that point, you're going to end end up becoming one of my mentees. That's what most people

10:17

do. All the experienced people that come to me, it's when they get to this point and it's like, "Okay, look, I don't need help getting creatives.

I already have these offers. I just need help scaling this and managing this whole thing." That's what they come to me.

They just come to me for advice. It's consulting at that point.

Um, anyhow, I'm getting off track, but that's the gist of

10:32

closers and setters. Now, finding quality sales reps is really not [ __ ] easy, okay?

But first, before you want to find that, please get rid of the mindset that you need a [ __ ] closer for an offer. Okay?

The people I I was telling you about that hit me up saying, "Hey, I need a closer. Hey, I need a

10:48

setter." Okay? You don't [ __ ] need one yet.

You don't need one. Let me go back here.

You do not need a closer until the offer is minimally doing five qualified bookings per day. Okay?

Five qualified book calls. That means if you're getting three people that piff

11:04

every single day, then you probably need a closer. Okay?

But if you're getting three calls and one of them pays, that's not enough for a closer. Okay?

Closer for them to fully take on an offer full-time, a good closer, you want at least five qualified calls a day. And before that, even if

11:20

you you're thinking, "Oh, I'll just get a bad closer then or something." It doesn't make sense. Okay?

So until then, you either want to take the calls yourself as the operator or what most most of the time I do is have the creator take the calls because when it really comes down to it, like as long as you have a good guarantee, as long as

11:36

you have a good offer, you don't need crazy closing skills. Maybe one out of five calls are going to be the calls where like they're objecting in a certain way to where like a closer would actually be useful and a closer could like talk them out of it.

You know what I mean? But even then, you don't even I

11:53

don't even know if you want to be be doing that kind of stuff. You don't want to be getting too snaky and salesy and that sort of thing.

Um, so I won't bring a closer on until it's literally a time thing. If it's like, okay, the creator can't take these calls anymore.

He needs to focus on content. But until then, just have the creator take the calls.

12:08

All it is is a conversation. And again, I I spoke about this previously.

I have a whole section on like the actual closing and the sales sequence. When it comes to the calls themselves, I'm a full screen for this.

It's just a conversation. It doesn't have to be some super salesy thing where you follow a script step by step.

It's a

12:25

conversation. You get to know the person, they get to know you.

Okay? When I take these calls, I want to actually know about the person.

I want to know their history with business. What do they have experience with?

Would they know how to use the softwares when it comes to the back end of these creators? Would it actually be a good person to work with?

And then obviously going into

12:42

what's included in the offer, what the price is. That's all it is.

It's a conversation. If they tell you they want to think about it, whatever.

It's up to you if you want to be that guy that's like, "What is there to think about?" Or you can be the guy that's like, "Okay, think about it. Whatever." It entirely depends on the offer and um and the type

12:58

of offer you're running. But as far as closers goes, please don't [ __ ] worry about a closer until the offer is already doing decent and you're and you're getting ready to scale.

Until then, either you take the calls or the creator takes the calls. It's not that [ __ ] hard.

It's not that deep. Okay, moving on.

Now, at my level, this is I

13:15

love showing this. At my level, I already have sales reps that I work with um that I can just put on on any offer I run up.

Now, obviously, finding them, like I said, it's not easy. But, I'm at the point where I I don't need to search for new ones.

I already have enough. And if I do need some for a unique offer

13:31

like this, what I'm about to show you, I can just ask one of my friends in the space and they'll give me some. So, look, here's an example.

A text I literally just sent to Raph, if you guys saw the video I did with Raph. Do you have any setters or closer for an offer, certain type of offer?

He said, sure, what are the details? I actually have a close friend with this and I said we can

13:46

discuss the details on Saturday. I'm just setting everything up.

Guys, I literally went on I said it right here. I literally went on I sent this text yesterday and hopping on a yacht with him tomorrow to discuss everything.

Um I actually was going to record this the day before so this is not true anymore. I already went on the yacht and I

14:02

already discussed it with him. But the point is how [ __ ] sick is that that I'm connected like that.

I can just send a text and have closure setters. Now, real quick, all my mentees have full access to my network.

So, if this was you and you needed closers for this

14:18

certain type of offer, I would have sent this text on your behalf and you would have one like that. Um, obviously, assuming it's not one of the closers I can just pluck from my arsenal uh that I have ready to go at any moment.

So, for those of you that are not working with me directly, you don't have access to my network, whatever, your best bet is to

14:34

go through social media and connection. So, you need to have like some type of Instagram or Twitter or something.

You just need to get yourself out there, start posting, start meeting people because that is the absolute best way um to to get these opportunities because finding and I said it right here. I'm

14:51

going to read it out. I want to switch back.

I said, "Do not use a website to find sales reps are always shit." Okay? Any of these like websites to pair closers and and offers and whatever and and they're they're they're just bad.

Even like Discords, they're bad. the best the best way to find a sales rep because you want to find a good one.

You don't want to just hurry up and find one

15:07

in a day and pluck them into an offer just because you start doing volume. It's well worth it to spend a week talking to them and vetting them and picking like a super solid one that's not only going to do well and close, but will stay with the offer long term because the last thing you want is a closer on an offer and then they're

15:25

ripping it and then a month in they want to switch to a different offer. They want to change.

You want to you want to find someone that actually fits the offer and you don't want to rush into it. It's just like hiring someone in a company.

You don't want to set yourself up to fail longterm. So, it's extremely extremely important.

Now, I want to

15:40

actually play the video with Raph real quick because he has, if you guys don't understand, he has basically his own he's a growth operator. They're doing $2 million a month, him and Jacob.

But he also has his own offer that they just started running to fill closers and setters in their other offers. So,

15:56

they're literally selling a sales program, training these people up, and then putting them in offers like mine, the offers that I run. Um, and it's really [ __ ] sick.

So, I'm going to play the video I did with him. I think it's like 20 minutes long or something, but you really should watch it because it's extremely valuable when it comes to

16:13

all this stuff, and there's a lot of sauce specifically surrounding this space. So, I really want you to see it.

What's good, guys? It's Dustin.

I'm here with the man himself, Raph. We just wanted to do like a little sit down video.

We don't even have like a clear topic. We're literally just going to yap for like 20 minutes.

So maybe if you

16:29

want to start by introducing yourself so that people know what kind of killer you are. Yeah.

Yeah, for sure. Yeah.

A little 20-minute yap session about info. Uh what's up?

I'm Raph. Uh we focus on training up setters, closers, and placing them in offers.

We have a about

16:45

two dozen offers, info products that we're managing uh staff and four. And uh we do pretty much the goal is to get everybody we work with as close to if not past a million bucks a month.

So we've been doing that for the better part of uh the last few years. Uh yeah,

17:01

that's pretty good start. So yeah.

So yeah, I mean as far as like the info space goes, like Raph and his team are like you kind of made that was kind of a humble intro, but I mean I I don't really post much online because you try to keep it like very mysterious. Yeah, you try to keep it lowkey.

I'm

17:16

trying to do it like you do, man. Um yeah, I I have to give credit.

You know, Jacob, my business partner, was the first info product that I got to work with. And dude, like you should have seen the evolution from like 2020s till now.

I feel like info products are back. But I mean, it's not so much like buy a

17:31

course, it's buy into a community if you noticed. Yeah.

And um honestly, ever since recently when we started the closing group, I've been more I've been more kind of trying to get like into the I guess like the how do you say like the the the [ __ ]

17:47

into the public image? Yeah.

Yeah. Um it's just been for a long time the idea of being on camera was just really weird because it's like and now we just we just randomly did this.

I was like, "Yo, pull up. Let's make a quick video." And now we're here.

I'm not so worried about it because you know at first when we a lot a lot of

18:02

times when we were running up info products the offer owners were the face right now you got these now you get this whole thing of like ghost operators right kind of what what you do where you teach these people how to go into offers bring closers bring setters and then basically run up I mean zero to

18:20

something. Yeah.

That must be pretty crazy for you. Yeah.

I mean I How long have you been in the info space? I want to say probably like seven, six, seven years ago.

Damn. Like just quietly.

Yeah. Seven years.

Is this like the f like your first thing

18:35

you made money with? Well, with info.

No, I was actually the first $10,000 I made I actually made it in my dorm room from what? I was selling like I was selling products.

Like I grew up. Yeah.

No, I was like doing e-commerce. I was really want to know like we're sell I was selling like watches that were like cheap from Ali

18:52

AliExpress and I would just run over to a Shopify, make a really cool theme. Yeah.

and just push it. I would just literally take the watch, go stand in front of a Lamborghini.

That was the meta. Stand in front of a Lamborghini, post it on a bunch of Lamborghini fan pages, and then you'd wake up and you had like seven or eight $200 orders.

19:08

was like, "Oh my god, I'm I'm rich." Yeah. I felt great.

That's where I really ran off. It's rare for me to meet people that are like that have been in the info.

I don't know if you know, but I've been in the info space for like six years since literally I was like 14, 15 years old. I started with like reselling sneakers though and like the first thing I ever

19:24

found was Discord groups. That was the first introduction to to info products was literally paid communities on Discord.

What's crazy is like I went I feel like I went backwards. Like I started ecom then I went to the agency route.

Then I met my partner Jacob. He's like my only

19:39

business partner. Um and all this and he was like hey agency's cool but imagine doing it at scale.

I was like yeah okay. He like literally Jacob was like uh just trust me bro.

And then it just out of nowhere it just popped and we're seeing, you know, 300 400 $500,000 a month and I

19:56

was like, well [ __ ] okay, now we have like a real business. It's like really big, right?

Yeah. Um, but yeah, my like my initial start was just straight up selling products online using Shopify, which that felt illegal like Yeah.

imagine like there was like a $20 watch

20:11

from AliExpress and now suddenly So was Jacob selling ecom info products at the time? Did you join his [ __ ] his course back then?

No, no, no. He he was he was making a bag doing e-commerce and then he had started a community.

Yeah, exactly. And

20:28

he was like, "Hey, man, like can you help with a couple things?" I was like, "Sure." We had met through mutuals and stuff and then uh he was like, "Yeah." Pretty much he was the reason I got into like closing. He was like, "Hey, like would you want to take a call?" Yeah.

I was like, "What do you mean take a call? Like speak like speak to someone

20:43

like he's like, "Yeah, you're like a really good salesman." I was not a very good salesman back then. Yeah.

And then essentially he was like, "Yeah, just tell them about the program and let's see what happens." First three calls, all of them signed up. Damn.

Yeah. I was like, "Okay, maybe there is some validity here." Yeah.

20:58

And then Yeah. Years later.

So you were So you were like a were you like a full-time closer? Like that was pretty much like Well, a lot of people a lot of people I talked to like that book calls with me and stuff like like a lot of them they're like setters and closers.

Like that's how they start out and then they they

21:13

see how these offers work and how and how everything's run and they want to become like a bigger part. Truly, it I I was a closer by accident.

Like Jay was like, "Hey man, I'll I'll lead product. You just talk to people and serve on front end business." We didn't even know the word closer.

21:29

Yeah. There was it wasn't like this whole thing.

So basically, it was just like, "Hey yo, there's a bunch of people that want to sign up for the program. Can you jump on chat with them?" I was like, "Sure." And then it ended up working out.

And then he's like, "Yo, you're really good. like what if we brought more people in?

I was like hm okay. And he's like you can be like a like a sales

21:45

manager. I was like okay let's do that.

And then I got really obsessed and I went through the whole you know Jordan Belffor grand car you know all of them all the education. I just consumed as much remote sales stuff I could and then next thing you know cash collecting

22:01

[ __ ] 120. Dude, that's the thing.

Like, I feel like info is such a satisfying business model because you you you get to cut out all the logistical [ __ ] of like dealing with products and shipping and all that, but everything literally just comes down to like like it's so simple in the sense of like

22:16

if something's going wrong, if something's not making money, you can identify that by looking at each component like where is the drop off happening? You know what I mean?

It's so like database. It's it's crazy cuz um I got pretty good at drop shipping, right?

That, by the way, that word didn't even exist when I was doing econ. Yeah, seriously didn't.

22:33

Like, Shopify wasn't even a public company. Yeah, I'm dead serious.

And I was like, hey, what if I can cut myself out of the process because I was spending so much because I was in Canada. I was like, send it to Canada and then send it back to America.

Like, it was so expensive, right? But then I was like, if I can just send it directly

22:48

to the doorstep, I'd be a genius. [ __ ] then marketers got a hold of that and ruined it.

Yeah. And made drop shipping.

So, you invented drop shipping. I wish there was probably some dudes before.

Um, I ended up going and through that I ended up starting like a private label

23:04

company like a brand with my well this dude I was really good friends with and despite it making millions of dollars wasn't much profit like left over. It was it was pretty [ __ ] absurd.

So that's why you got into info because it's [ __ ] No, just it just like it's to to make a

23:20

million dollars, you know, moving product. There's just so many more moving pieces and like if you don't own the warehouse you should So, you make you make the money on the exit with ecom.

It's not exactly. I I I sold out of my stores.

I'm happy that everything worked out. Yeah.

But I know a lot of people that

23:36

basically started e-commerce stores would see a hundred,000 or $200,000 a month and then the business goes sour or their [ __ ] fulfill. I knew one girl who spent a million dollars on inventory from a trusted supplier and they sent instead of putting the tea

23:53

that she was selling tea at the time. Instead of putting the tea in there, they sent dirt.

They just It weighed the same so it passed through. Oh my god.

And then she literally lost a million dollars. Like I don't even I don't even talk to her.

I didn't like that. Imagine how horrible

24:09

that is. That is awful.

And she also And you have all those angry customers. That's that I can't even imagine.

You also need to refund all those people. Yeah.

So when I heard that I was like I don't know about this. Like I was Wow.

Yeah. Um, and that was why we kind of, you know, stayed away from giant purchase orders because my buddy that I

24:25

was working with at the time, he had had a lot of experience. He he witnessed it happen.

Yeah. On like firsthand.

Um, and then naturally I got into the agency work because agency work I was like running like a like a social media marketing agency, right? I would just reach out to people that I knew in the space and they didn't know

24:41

how to run Facebook ads because before you had to do this crazy architecture and uh I was just like, "Hey, I will do this for you. give me like $2,000.

I was like I had like five like out of nowhere I

24:56

had like six clients paying two grand a month. I'm in college.

I'm like is this it? Yeah.

Like did I just like why am I even going to school? Yeah.

Sorry mom. But you know I finished though.

However, um eventually after that I was like it's the way I saw info was like it's just

25:12

agency at scale pretty much. That's that's literally all that's the only reason I went through with it.

Yeah, that was always you know those um one of those guys like you know here in my garage just bought this new Lamborghini. Yeah, like I didn't want to end up like that

25:28

per se because there's just so much like hate on the So So what do you think about like the Miami Guru archetype? Um what do I think about that?

Yeah. I mean what would you even define as that?

Because you know there there's a lot of people that you know are legit and they make money

25:43

with their business model but they also sell info and then they have all their videos flexing with a Lambo. Like would you consider them?

Like what even is a guru? You know what I mean?

Well a guru in my eyes is is a flex offender, right? Like you make 30 grand a month but you spend 31, right?

But you go to the nice

26:00

restaurants, you know, you drive the really cool car but it's a lease and it's like you're sharing it with your roommate, right? It's really [ __ ] mean.

I see. Um, but hey, the way I see it is like if you're crushing it at like, I don't know, wholesale real estate.

Yeah.

26:15

Like, and on the side, you're running a wholesale real estate inner circle. Yeah.

But you help people underwrite their deals and you're helping them do estimates before they make offers, you give them their contracts, and then you set them on their way and at the end of the day, they're they're happy. [ __ ] it, man.

If you make it's just

26:32

another avenue. Yeah.

You know, how can you how can you knock that, you know? Yeah.

I mean, well, there's a lot of people that say like, well, if you make money with this, why why sell a course? You know what I mean?

Capacity at some point. I mean, it's not only that, but I mean, when when you become like enveloped in

26:47

this world of making money, like you just want to find as many ways to make money as possible, even if something's working, if you have another way you can make money, why why would you? I'll admit this.

Um, since we started the 637 group, right, shameless plug, but since we since we started that, I I

27:03

never knew how [ __ ] cool it felt, dude. Like, how cool it feels to see someone come in here who's not a natural-b born salesman.

Yeah. Learn how to follow a framework and a process.

Yeah. And have collaborative conversations and

27:18

really, you know, make money remotely. Mhm.

Luckily, we're in the era it's like a perfect sweet spot where like now it's like it's normal to take calls on Zoom, do business, conduct business over Zoom. I personally for me it's a really rewarding experience.

Yeah. Like um I still make money in other

27:34

things like you know what I mean? Yeah.

But there's a real real good feeling coaching somebody up. Yeah.

We we and plus we do like 16 trainings a week. Like it's not like [ __ ] once a week group call like no it's like 16 of them.

If you can't make it because you're at work, cool. There's no excuse.

27:50

up to the other one. Yeah.

I don't know. Um like like if I was a closer there's only so much I can make as a closer.

Yeah. Right.

So naturally if you get really good at it and like again I waited I have or almost 15,000 hours of talk time you

28:06

know I would I mean personally I wouldn't dare go into something like some of these guys will make $4,000 doing Shopify like you know uh [ __ ] drop shipping and then they'll be like how to make $40,000 a month drop shipping to buy my course. Like [ __ ] that guy.

That guy sucks. That guy.

So So why do you think like courses or

28:22

info products have such like a bad reputation or are like so looked down upon by by the masses? I I think it's for exactly what you just said, like the Miami C, you know, guru.

Yeah. Like the guy who literally made $4,000

28:38

and is teaching other people how to make say like saying you can make 10 grand a month doing this. Like dude, you haven't done it yourself.

You're a liar. Yeah, that sucks.

Right. I think if you've done something long enough um and you continue to do it

28:53

and you want to make some extra scratch teaching people how to do it themselves because it's a growing market, you know, kudos to you. Yeah, that's that's my personal opinion.

But if you spend every dollar you get through the door to portray a lifestyle that you don't actually you barely live to convince people to buy a [ __ ]

29:09

ebook online, you're a piece of [ __ ] Yeah. Right.

And I think they'd say, "Yeah, that's they'd probably agree. And then there's the whole like fake it till you make it.

I don't know, man. Uh you're playing with people's lives.

Yeah. Like when somebody spends or invests or

29:26

drops $5,000 on something that they're hoping is going to get them to a better point in life and you can't do you can't help it. You're That's crazy.

Yeah. What for a Miami penthouse?

But like you see what I'm saying? Yeah.

29:43

Yeah. My take is dude, if you can help people, you should you should you shouldn't feel bad making money.

Yeah, I agree. Limitations, I think.

Yeah. So, what what do you think just like kind of unrelated?

Um, info products

30:00

have developed a lot, like the ways they're sold. People are always asking me like, "Oh, do you think info products are saturated, growth operating saturated?" But I always tell them like it it this can never be saturated.

It's just another form of education. Like people pay for college.

It's the same thing. People are just paying for

30:15

information. But I always say like the way they're sold is always changing and like the meta is always changing.

Like what's working best to make sales with info products is always different. Like you can't just go sell a six video course anymore.

Like it's not like no one's no one's buying that.

30:31

You used to be able to sell PDFs. Yeah.

Like like literally sell anything. You could sell a PDF.

Like I remember, man, now a PDF what somebody had their entire business on five years ago is the lead magnet. Yeah.

The way I see it is like info is is four things. Like one create a really

30:46

good ad. Two, have a killer lead magnet that's like a no-brainer that like arguably you could like sell, right?

And then three, have some sort of setting process where someone like make sure they're not a murderer or, you know, that they're actually in the right place. And four, a closer that has a no-brainer offer that nobody can say no

31:03

to. And usually and what I think makes it a no-brainer offer is I I don't think people are so much buying uh a course.

Like people don't really only go to college to get the education. Like of course if you're going for like a core like you're going for med school like or engineering I get that but a lot of

31:18

people go to college for that community aspect right so they can actually network alumni associations sororities frats whatever whatever the hell. I think we're going to see a big shift where where people are going to really lean to be like, "That's cool.

The education is great, but chat GPT gives me all that. What's the community like?

31:34

Who am I rubbing shoulders with? Who can I have dinner with?" Yeah.

And uh that's that's personally what, you know, Jacob and I, we're pushing really heavy on trying to make a community that kind of outlives the the education. Let's be real, man.

You can learn anything you want online

31:49

for free. Yeah.

The [ __ ] if you care about like this is the best course in the world. Yeah.

I mean, that's really what it comes down to. like all the offers now, it's either like you said a community or something like one-on-one or coaches or like someone to talk to.

It's not just information there to consume, you know?

32:06

No, it's it's like the the whole like just read the course like bro go on chat GBT what are the top I mean not even that but and like you said any topic you can just look it up on YouTube and you've got everything for free. That's it.

It's all Yeah. Maybe maybe you might run into like some of the stuff being outdated

32:22

but it's a good it's a good start. Um, I think people are going to really buy into the person, like the creator themselves.

Have they I think people are going to get really smart. I think people are going to be like, "Do they currently do it?

Have they done it? Does it still work?

Are they worth being a

32:37

part of?" I mean, to be honest, that's in my opinion, that's all info products are. Like, at the end of the day, doesn't matter what [ __ ] business model is being chill.

Doesn't matter what it is. They're buying into the the guru, you know, the person the person making the videos, you know, the face.

32:52

You know what I'm saying? Yeah.

Yeah. No, I I agree.

Um I want to know like you well you you you particularly you connect the creators to um operators. Yeah.

Yeah. So I I I was doing it like all just through my account.

So first I

33:08

was I was purely I I only started like my own coaching offer like I want to say like five or six months ago now. Um before that I've just been doing the business model.

Well why did why why did you wait so long? Um I don't really have an answer for that.

I I was just doing my own thing

33:23

and then I got to a point well I'll tell you it's it wasn't really why' I wait so long. I didn't never really plan on doing my own info offer but then I got to a point where I was bringing on enough clients to where I was like okay I can either like build a full team of people to run all this up or what I

33:38

ended up doing which is why don't I just make an offer and then pair these people with the creators so then I can take on the creators without building a huge team and having all this overhead and all that. So it just made the most sense.

Um, and now I've scaled it to a point where, you know, it's it's uh I'm basically setting up like my creator

33:56

acquisition because I still get most of my creators and clients like just from pure cold outreach, right? Obviously, I have my brand and everything to back that and push it.

Um, but it's all just pure cold Instagram outreach. So now it's to the point where I set up all those systems, set up a VA on my mentees Instagram

34:13

accounts. We set up an account and everything and then the creators come through that.

So it's it's more longevity. So, do you feel do you feel like you waited till you made, you know, a good amount of cash before you went and started helping other people?

Yeah. Yeah.

But I mean, it wasn't even about that. I was never like, once I make this much money, I'm going to sell

34:28

my own offer. It was never about that.

Yeah, that's true. Me neither.

Yeah. Okay, fair enough.

And Jake was like the, you know, funny enough, that 637 group, that was like a by accident product. What do you mean?

It like it was like a oops, didn't mean to build that. Yeah.

Like we we did. How so?

What do you mean?

34:43

It's really I'm not even kidding. Um we we stepped uh earlier earlier this year.

I think it was in September. We launched our our consulting group basically where we go into these businesses.

We go into their business and we

34:59

wish they could have seen the other night we went all we're doing we're just drunk making jokes about this [ __ ] all night. Oh my goodness.

No, but like we we we had so many of these like, you know, info product dudes that are like, "How how the hell did Jacob hit, you know, a million dollars a month?" I mean, like a

35:15

million dollars a month consistently. Yeah.

For quite some time. And um he did it through discipline, but he also did it through really strong operations, really strong sales, you know, setting and closing uh systems and processes, right?

And what we realized is like all

35:31

these guy the growth operators world all these all these growth operators like let me scale your business they'd never run a business themselves. So we came up and basically said hey like we'll work with a select few bro there's there's not a lot of competition like in the operator space there's like there's like a few guys

35:46

that actually know what they're doing. Yeah and that's and that's it.

So we pretty much came in and we realized there was a lot of people that we wanted to work with that were really small and we're like hey we'll take a part of the business we'll scale it up right through paid media through you know adding more channels u but the by accident was they all were

36:04

like well now we're getting all way more leads we need closers and then I ran out of coaches and people to ask for closers and the problem was they kept coming and they didn't have like they weren't all at the same level so it's a nightmare to train people up and ramp people up. I need people that

36:21

were already trained, ready for deployment and activate, right? And that's where the 637 came.

That makes sense, right? So, we literally just went, "Hey, come on now, do this, and we're going to give you we're going to get you in at all these companies cuz they're asking us to stop." Yeah.

Like, it's so crazy,

36:37

but we have like for example, right now, as of right now, like a few hours ago, I checked, we have 36 open closing spots. Yeah.

We don't have enough closing. Yeah.

That's crazy. That's fire.

Yeah. Right.

It makes sense. You fill the gap.

It's it's makes perfect sense. And that and that was the that was the

36:52

by accident. Yeah.

You know, that was the oops. We didn't mean to and now, you know, we have this other But it works.

And that's where Yeah. But I too I didn't go and say I'm going to wait till I hit, you know, $5 million in cash collected before starting it.

Yeah. I mean, we're at like 20 minutes,

37:09

so I think it's good. By the way, wait, I want to say real quick, I don't think I even mentioned this, but you guys probably know I I pretty much focus all on like organic.

Like I I partner with creators that already have like an organic poll. Raph is all paid media.

It's all it's all paid ads. So we're both kind of on like separate sides of the game.

37:26

Yeah. We we don't do any Well, I mean we don't we don't not but we built all of our offers.

The moat that we have is you don't need to be famous. Like we you can just build your positioning like build your brand and we can use ads as a as a as a microphone or an amplifier.

37:42

Yeah. and the leads that come in, the setters will set and the closes will close and we'll fulfill.

And that's how we do it. That's just systems.

Yeah, pretty much. Exactly.

And that's that's what's allowed us to kind of survive so long that we did because one thing that I think a lot of people don't realize, offers do crash and burn.

37:58

They do. Yeah.

We all we all know some of those that, you know, suddenly the guy is selling an AI offer. Yeah.

Yeah. [ __ ] I won't name names but no but like or it's like the guy selling a crypto offer with cryptos pumping and something like that fitness next month.

38:14

Yeah. Um they do that because they they they stop going viral right in whatever niche they were and instead of doing the hard part which was building the ads they just start something new.

Yeah. They can sell to the guys that they weren't able to sell to before.

I think that's really that's their meta, right? Yeah.

38:29

Yeah. We just we didn't have the we didn't hit the lottery in terms of content.

Yeah. Yeah.

So, we had to survive by doing, you know, what we do best because we are ecom guys natively. Like, we knew how to turn profit from ads.

Yeah. Yeah.

Should look into that. Yeah, I will.

No, I do I do definitely want to get more into paid ads. I know

38:45

we're going to be having a a lot of conversations off camera, so but yeah, I guess we'll wrap it up there. Hopefully, you guys liked the video.

You want to like plug yourself? Yeah.

Uh, if you're looking to get into closing or setting, uh, check out 637 group. Uh, it's cool.

Great community.

39:00

Wicked community. Uh, you don't need to be a natural-born salesman.

We'll make you a monster, right? Yep.

Sick. Rap on Instagram.

Mysterious ass Instagram guy. Okay, next up, probably one of the juiciest parts of this entire video.

I'm going to be revealing my entire sales

39:18

framework. So, everything from low ticket offers and high ticket offers, everything in between.

Um, showing every single little thing. So, full branch of if someone books a call and they don't pay, what happens to them?

If someone fills a tight form and they don't book,

39:34

what happens to them? If someone books a call and they pay a $500 deposit, what happens to them?

If someone books a call and you know, the point is I'm showing every little thing. I have a full web sales framework.

This is the same framework that like closers get when I put them on an offer. Um, so they know

39:49

exactly how we want to run. This is that exact framework and I'm giving it to you today in this video.

So, here we go. Without any further ado, my bulletproof sales framework.

Here we go. Now, first of all, take a look at it.

Beautiful.

40:05

Now, here we go. There's two types of sales frameworks.

There's low ticket as top ofunnel and then there's high ticket as top of funnel. And I also want to show you how you can use AI for all your phone/DM setting.

You can have a come up with all of that. Now, again, look at

40:21

this. This is literally every little thing when it comes to low ticket, high.

We're going to start with low ticket. We're going to start down here.

So, this is assuming a low ticket VSSL purchase funnel. So, what I mean by this is the first thing they see, they go to a low ticket website.

There's a VSSL to purchase and they they end up buying or

40:37

they don't end up buying. First things first, you're collecting their email and SMS via popup.

So, all of this is in correlation to the data you collect. So, the second they open the website, they get a popup for a lead magnet or whatever it is.

They give you their email, their SMS, and they move on. VSSL

40:52

to purchase. They watch the video.

They either buy or they don't buy. If they don't buy, first they get put into a low ticket email list, which means we send out an email every week or or we send a sequence, whatever that is.

Um, typically what I'll do is we'll send a

41:08

non-converted email list. So, we'll send like an email a day for 5 days or something like that.

And that will be like maybe give them a discount or something. For low ticket, you can do that stuff.

Never discount a high ticket. But for low ticket, you can do that.

Um, so we'll put them in an email sequence like that. Again, same way I've

41:23

always showed you, you can use AI to generate that. You can also have the closer reach out via SMS to close on low ticket.

And I say closer because typically you don't have like a closer or anything. You don't have like people in place like that for a low ticket

41:39

offer. Now, you can do it based on how many leads there are.

You can also just like take someone from the low ticket and hire them to do it. This is not like some something you put like a super skilled person onto, but if you wanted to, if you put them through the five days email sequence and they don't buy um or just right after they don't buy

41:55

and you have their info, you can have a setter reach out first, kind of gauge where they're at, and then you can even have someone try to close them over text. If you really want to go above and beyond, you can get them on a call and close them on a low ticket, but like it it's just never going to be worth doing

42:11

that. I don't do that personally, but it depends on depends on the type of person you are.

Maybe you're running an offer. You want to do that.

Now, if they do convert, they get put into a post onboarding upsell funnel. All this means is, okay, you got their money for the low ticket, assuming you have a higher offer, a higher ticket offer.

You're

42:27

going to push them through that. So, first of all, they get put into an upsell email list, which again can be same thing, like a 5day sequence, or it can just be like a weekly email or something like that.

Whatever it is, this is important. You want to do all this.

The setter is going to qualify the budget and book them into a call. So,

42:42

say they join a I'm going to give you like an actual example. Say they join a community and let's say it's um like a drop shipping community.

I'm just giving an example. And it's $50 a month.

They join it. They're on Discord.

They're in the community now. They're using it.

They come to a group call. You can have

42:59

either a setter reach out from the owner's account or you can have an admin like someone higher up in the in the server reach out, text them. All you're going to do is have a convo with them over DMs.

You're going to talk to them. Hey, how's it going?

I saw you just joined like a couple days ago. I saw you just joined today.

Whatever it is, how's it going? Just wanted to see like how

43:14

your progress has been. Um, that sort of thing.

You can also get a backstory like, yeah, when did you start this? Um, how much money are you are you are you, you know, working with to start your drop shipping store.

You can ask questions like this. You can figure it out.

You don't want to just be like, do you want mentorship? How much you have to invest?

You want to like flow it,

43:31

have a conversation with them, and then if they are qualified, then it's like, hey, I don't know if you know this, but blah blah the creator does one-on ones. like you should really you should really fill out like the application.

I think it's something you could do and uh maybe you'd get accepted. Just giving you an example that's what you want to do with

43:48

the setter. Now they reach out to budget to call by budget and book into a call.

Now they either book the call if they don't book the call then obviously continue trying to text call them whatever it is if they ghost you. U if they do book the call then this is where it actually goes to it.

The call is booked. So they either hop on the call

44:04

and they convert. So, if they convert, it means they bought.

Or they send a deposit, which means a non-refundable deposit. Usually, it's like 500 bucks.

Um, and you schedule the next meeting on the call. So, that would be someone that's like maybe they're like, hey, um,

44:20

I really want to do this. I just can't right now.

I want to start in like a week. It's like, okay, put 500 bucks down.

We'll lock in a spot. And then you schedule in the next call to actually get started.

There you go. And then also, you want to follow up with emails and texts of testimonials, case studies, and student results.

Following up to that, the next possible thing is either

44:36

just following up. So, this is someone that doesn't put a deposit, but it's still like, "Hey, I need to think about it." Again, try to move it forwards any way you can.

So, whether it's like scheduling the next meeting on the call or choosing a date for a follow-up text, if they don't want to hop on another call, they just think about it, say, "Okay, let me text you tomorrow or

44:52

whatever it is." If you if you'll have thought about it by then, something like that. And then obviously, okay, I don't think I meant to put that twice, but you you get what I'm saying.

Now, if they don't close, same exact thing. You just want to hit them with student results.

Guys, there has been so many times where I'm running offers. This is huge.

This

45:08

is actual sauce where people don't close. They're not interested.

Even same with the people that are like, "Okay, I need to think about it." Whatever. If you have someone that's like a super strong, I need to think about it, but they just won't close on the call.

After the call, have the creator post like a

45:24

result or a testimonial or a case study. usually get that gives them that one little like shove that they need to get started and get it going and overcome their fear and be like, "Okay, [ __ ] it.

Let's just do this." So, you want to really utilize that when I when I I know I'm just putting like on every single one follow-up, text, result, email,

45:40

whatever. Like, I'm just putting that, but like actually send them [ __ ] results.

Send them emails. I swear to God, it works so much better than you could ever think.

And then assuming they don't even show up, so even lower than no close is a no show. you email and text them to reschedule the lead.

And

45:56

then if they don't reschedule, same thing. Follow up, emails, text, testimonials, and then if they go, same [ __ ] Um, if they don't show up, don't hit them with some like some I said a word I can't say on YouTube.

Don't hit them with some like

46:11

gay [ __ ] [ __ ] being mad at them for not rescheduling or or not showing up. Don't be like, "Hey, just don't guilt them.

Just be like, hey, I saw you missed the call. Let's reschedule it.

I don't know why I'm so brain [ __ ] trying to explain that to you guys. I also don't

46:28

know why I put this twice, but I'm going to delete it there. And I think I probably did that up here, too.

So, there you go. Um, anyhow, what happens if it's a high ticket funnel?

That's pretty much all of it for the low ticket funnel. Sorry for the brain [ __ ] near the end of that.

Hopefully, that makes sense. But again, the whole point of a low ticket funnel, there's not much you

46:45

can do if they don't buy the low ticket besides throw them on an email list. But if they do buy, if they do buy, then the best thing you can do is upsell them and get them into something higher up.

This is why I always say it's so important to have an ecosystem of offers. Your guys' job is not just to make a landing page.

It's to build a full ecosystem. If

47:01

someone can't pay five grand for a high ticket, they can probably pay 50 bucks a month for a low ticket. And if they could pay a h 100red bucks a month for a low ticket, there's a good chance they can pay a few grand for a high ticket.

So your job is to make an ecosystem for these customers to be upsold, downsell, whatever it is. That's your

47:18

job. It's not just to make a landing page.

It's not simple. And it's also your job to portray that to these creators so they know you're valuable.

Now back up here. What happens if it is high ticket as top of funnel?

Here we go. High ticket, type form, application funnel.

So this is assuming doesn't

47:33

matter if there's a VSSL or anything like that. The point is they're going through a type form.

This is what it looks like. So again, VSSL to type form or just type form.

Whichever it is, doesn't matter. They're either qualified or they're unqualified.

Let's start with I'm going to start with unqualified. So if they're unqualified,

47:51

what you want to do is you want to downell a low ticket, which means if they fill out the type form, they don't have enough money to buy a high ticket offer. They don't get to the calendarly.

You want to downell a low ticket. So first they're going to get redirected to a low ticket purchase page with VSSL.

This is assuming you have the whole thing built out. You're going to send

48:07

them straight to that page. And again, it's the exact same thing whether they convert or don't convert.

This is what it looks like. Exact same thing I just went over.

They're now going through that. They don't convert.

They convert. Everything I just went over, it's identical to that.

So, this part becomes

48:23

this whole thing down here. Now, you can also check their country/ age.

They could be approved for financing high ticket. So if they're in the US and they're 18 plus, a setter will reach out to book them on a call for high ticket, assuming they filled out the type form and they were unqualified.

So a lot of

48:38

the unqualified people that don't make it to the calendarly actually are qualified to be financed, but you just need to manually go through and see that and then reach out to them and get them on a call. So those people again will get prompted to book a call.

Same thing if they're qualified, they'll get pushed to book a call. Like I mentioned before,

48:54

they either book it or they don't. So, if they don't book the call, you want to wait 10 minutes and text them.

You want to get on them ASAP. If someone fills out a type form, let me make this a big thing.

10 minutes is honestly long, to be honest with you guys. If someone fills out a type form and they're qualified, they're interested enough to

49:11

fill it out and they're qualified enough to buy the product and they don't book a call, you need to be on them like a fly on [ __ ] as fast as possible. I wouldn't do it instantly because sometimes they need to check their schedule, whatever.

I'd give them 5 minutes to book it. If it's been 5 10 minutes and they haven't

49:27

booked a call, you need to be in their DMs. Someone needs to be texting them or calling them or something getting them to book a call while they're still hot because that is a hot [ __ ] lead.

Okay? So, if you do all that and they still don't answer, I'll wait for 6 hours.

Text again, call and again. If

49:42

they if they still don't book from that, it's probably cooked. You could throw them in a follow-up sequence, whatever it is.

But you want to get them as quickly as possible after they filled that. Now, if they do book, and like I said before, please look at like the postbooking section.

I already went over that, but that's how I show how I do like the the strong show up rates, how I

49:59

maintain that sort of thing. Um, if the call does get booked, we go back to here.

They're either converted, which means they buy it on the call, or it goes down to these things again. Either deposit, $500 deposit, they don't show, they don't close, whatever it is.

These are all the exact same that I just went over a second ago. That is the entire

50:15

sequence right there. This is literally everything you need to be closing at max capacity.

But the biggest thing you need to know is you need you need the whole point of this is you need to build a [ __ ] team that is on these people. If they fill out a type form and they're qualified, you need to be on them.

You

50:31

need to get them booking a call. I hate this whole like non there's so much like nonchalantism in this market and like in this space of people having this mindset that like oh if they reach out to a lead that didn't book a call or whatever, you're seeming like you want the sale

50:47

too bad or whatever it is. It's the dumbest [ __ ] I've ever heard.

Obviously, there is an element of not seeming desperate, but to reach out to a qualified prospect that didn't book a call, it depends how you do it. You don't have to reach out and seem all desperate, but you can reach out and say like, "Hey, I noticed you filled the form, but you didn't book a call.

Did

51:03

you have to do another time that like wasn't on the calendarly or you know what I mean?" Like, and a lot of times that's what it is. It's not like they they changed their mind as they booked a call or as they filled the type form.

Usually, it's like there wasn't a time available on the calendar or they couldn't find one or or whatever it was

51:19

and then you booked them in manually over text. You hit them up.

But don't just let those leads burn. And when I say let them burn, if you wait an hour after they did that, you let it burn, bro.

That [ __ ] is burned. They might still book, but like if you're hitting them right after they filled the type form, it's still fresh on their mind,

51:35

you're going to get them booked into a call. Like they'll answer your text, they'll book in a call.

Simple as that. Um, anyhow, again, every time I do one of these [ __ ] little modules, I end up ranting about some other [ __ ] But that's my full sales sequence.

You can change it up. You can modify it a little bit.

Um, the other thing I wanted to go

51:52

over inside of this again was right here, how you can use AI for all your phone/DM setting. So, I'm going to show you that right now.

Again, absolutely insane. But here we are on LaunchSmith.

What do they have? Marketing flows, sales processes, sales scripts, and

52:08

phone settings. So again, let's use our little dummy client here.

Look at this. DM template scripts.

You can do that. Phone setting scripts and also sales call scripts.

So what we'll do, we'll do we'll do a phone setting script. Let's just generate it.

See what it gives us.

52:28

I love this [ __ ] so much, guys. Like AI, you need to understand, I've been doing this before AI.

This [ __ ] used to be a pain in the [ __ ] ass. And now it's not.

Not sponsored by Launchmith to say that by the way. All right, here we go.

Generated one emails phone setting script. Here we go.

Hey, is this name?

52:45

Hey, name is the appointment I'm calling because I see you applied. Yes, I did.

So, look, it gave a full demo conversation. You can read this if you want.

I'll scroll through it a little bit, but it gave a full demo conversation of what a DM setter would go through booking this

53:01

person into a call. Look at this.

I hope you guys are reading some of this, but like it's it's insane. It's it's crazy that it does this and then you get them onto a call.

You can do all of that just straight through here. And then of course they also have the DM script.

So let's generate one of these

53:17

so we can see what that looks like. Guys, normally I would have to like do this myself and and and do trial and error to figure out like what they say and what they don't say.

Obviously, you have to do a little bit of that, but like to just have a DM script in 10

53:34

seconds is [ __ ] nuts. And same thing, um, initial message, this is warm outbound, which means it's DMing a follower or something like that.

Um, look, thanks or thanks for joining our community. Just curious, what do you currently sell?

Identifying the gap.

53:50

It'll break down the whole thing for you. Um, but yeah, my point is this is [ __ ] insane.

You can just use AI to do all this [ __ ] so so easily and I love it. I think it's amazing.

Again, obviously you want to go through, you want to edit text here and

54:05

there. You want to make it make sense in the context of your offer.

You don't want to make it sound too AI. When it comes to DM scripts and setting scripts, that sort of thing, they're always going to get better over time.

The you need, this is when it comes to like communicating with the setter, the sales team, they need to pick up on things like, oh, what are most people saying to

54:21

this or people are reacting negatively to this? Let's change the wording on that.

They need to pick up on these things and be able to modify it. But for a starting point to just whip out a script and be able to use that and and get it going, you can generate one in 5 seconds.

So pretty [ __ ] sick. All

54:37

right, guys. The next important important thing, and a lot of people over complicate this, they think it's like some super difficult difficult thing to do.

The CRM setup. And it's not as difficult as you think.

And honestly, what I'm about to show you is probably going to piss a lot of people off. So, when it comes to your CRM, there's

54:53

really two options. And just so you guys know, all this is is is your customer management.

Okay, this is that's that's all it is. It's managing the customers, managing the leads, managing it, having tags for each person, which sales sequence they're in.

It's just to keep it all in one place, nice and organized. So, if you want to say, "Hey, today I

55:10

want the setter to text all the people that filled a type form but didn't book in the last 30 days," you can apply a filter and you have all those contacts right there. That's the point of a CRM.

Okay, so here you go. CRM, oh, I literally just said all this.

It's a customer relationship management. All it

55:25

is is crucial to keeping track of your leads so you can manage the sales pipeline. So, nurturing the leads, doing follow-ups, etc.

Now, out of the options you have, my personal favorite is close. Close.com.

Super simple to use. You can just look at their UI.

Like, it's really clean. Most people I I know running big

55:42

offers are using close. Now, a lot of people use go high level.

I do as well. I personally think it has like a very old, ugly feeling.

Um, what I have found is a lot a lot of creators are already going to be using GHL. So, if they're already using it, I wouldn't bother

55:57

switching it over. You can still use go high level.

It's the same [ __ ] pretty much. It's just uglier and not as nice.

Um, but a lot of people are already set up using GHL. If it's a fresh offer, I would set it up on close.

Again, both of these cost money as well. Have the creator pay it.

They're both like a couple hundred bucks a month, something

56:12

like that. Um, but me personally, I don't like go high level.

However, for for whatever reason, I don't know where the [ __ ] they're getting this info. Everyone is usually set up already with go high level.

So, you might just have to use it. Now, one

56:27

more thing. A lot of you guys are going to laugh at this or get mad.

I actually use Notion as the CRM for my own personal offer. Why?

I have no idea. Um, I've used it for a couple other offers in the past as well, but you can actually use Notion as a CRM.

You can

56:43

set it, you can do the same thing. You can filter stuff.

You can add tags. You can even open as like a card and add stuff inside.

It's not as efficient. Um, but for some reason, I just like having it on notion.

And since my type form obviously does a good job at filtering the unqualified leads, I do like the

56:59

calls, the setting myself. So, I don't need like a setter or anyone to to go in here because I don't have an insane volume of people to hit up.

So, I keep it all in here and I do it all myself. But, if you're running a sales team and that sort of thing, you you really have to use one of these.

Um, but if it's just like an offer you're running for

57:14

yourself or something, you know, you're not going to scale insanely big because you actually have like some barrier to entry. Like I know for my offer, I'm not just going to take on anyone.

I have a certain type of people I I work with. If it's that kind of thing, then [ __ ] it.

Use Notion. Why not?

I I don't think

57:30

I've seen a single other like operator or anyone else use Notion besides myself for any offers. But I like it and I use it.

So that's all you need to know when it comes to the CRM. not going to get into like the full setup of each one because to be honest that can that could be like its own video and um it's

57:48

there's not there's not a ton of setup or or anything on the back end until you actually have like a [ __ ] ton of leads in there and you actually have something to like look at. But the setup is just creating an account, selecting a subscription, and then making your pipelines, making your flows.

It's it

58:04

and when I say that, that sounds complicated, but it's not. It's literally just I can't make a setup video because it's based entirely around your offer and what that looks like.

And a lot of times you're going to be setting all that up after you already have contacts, you already have leads in

58:19

there and you're kind of figuring out where to put them and what sequences to build and that sort of thing. Um, but again, all those things come after you're you're kind of into the offer and you're you're building it out and you start selling it.

And again, if you're one of my mentees, that's all stuff we do on call together, sharing screen. So

58:35

anyhow, all right, next I'm going to talk to you about hyping up the offer launch. So once you've got everything set up and you want to launch it, do you hype it up?

Do you just drop it? A lot of people always ask me like, "How do you hype it up?

How do you get the most?" Blah, blah, blah. I don't do this a lot.

I'm going to explain why. So here

58:52

you go. Hyping offer launch.

Offer launches are not necessary, and I only launch an offer if a they weren't selling anything before, or b they were only selling a low ticket before. So, I won't just launch a low ticket if they

59:07

already had a high ticket. I will not launch an offer if they're already selling a high ticket.

The reason for this is, first of all, I prefer going for long-term partnerships where we set everything up and soft launch it into their content. So, you kind of just plug it in and don't tell anyone it's there.

59:23

You just start introducing it. Um, that's what I prefer.

However, if you are going to do a launch, you can really only do a hyped up launch through Instagram. So, this is what the buildup looks like if you're going to do that.

Now, hyping up the launch a week prior. You really shouldn't do any longer than

59:39

that. Um, you don't even need a specific launch date.

All you have to do is start teasing the product. You don't need to be like, "Guys, in one week, exactly at 3 p.m.

Yes, this is dropping." I never do that ever. I don't do that.

All you have to do is start teasing the product. So, you can do that through Instagram

59:55

stories, Instagram lives, and Instagram reels. So for Instagram stories, you just do a daily story sequence for a week and you're like three to five stories a day.

You can also utilize polls to collect more leads and interest. When you do this, you can throw a call to actions in there.

Many chat, um you can have Many Chat

00:10

literally collect like their emails and add it to the CRM. You can do all of that just through story sequences.

I don't really have examples to show you because again, I don't do this. Um and if I do, I certainly don't like take screenshots of it.

But I'm telling you guys, it does not have to be complicated at all. All you do is you start teasing

00:26

it. You say, "People have been asking me for this, blah, blah, blah." You can come up with your own way to do it.

Um, but all you do is start teasing it. Teasing the fact that you might be selling something soon.

You might be introducing something. Instagram reels.

So, incorporating a call to action into their content. You can also just do normal content and CTA the caption.

So,

00:43

you don't actually need to put it in their actual content. Um, again, this is all just ways to to start teasing it, getting it introduced.

And then also Instagram lives. So, Instagram lives, self-explanatory.

The goal is to collect as many emails and phone numbers as possible through the call to action.

01:00

Now, you can either do that through a free lead magnet, which means they get something, or straight up a weight list for launch. You can be like, "Here's the weight list.

You're going to get an email when it's out." That's how you can do it. You can do it through many chat call to action.

So, you collect their email through a DM automation and have it added to the CRM automatically. And

01:16

again, you can get them into your DMs using stories, lives, reels. You can do many chat automations through all of those things.

Even the lives, they can type a word in the live and be sent a DM by you. It's insane.

Um, and then you just email blast it now that it's now that it's launched. That's it.

That's

01:32

all you do to hype it up. So, all you guys constantly asking me, "How do I hype it up?

How do I hype it up?" I just made it so [ __ ] simple. All you do, again, Instagram is the only platform you can really do this on.

You can use other platforms, but like it's just whatever. And again, you just you just don't you don't need to do this, guys.

01:49

I'm only putting this in here because I get asked it so [ __ ] often, but you do not have to do this. It It makes pretty much no difference.

Um, and I've even I've even had a lot of like mentees that they've launched an offer before and it like does [ __ ] Like the launch

02:05

doesn't do well, but then when they just plug it into the ecosystem normally, it does better than the launch. So, I personally don't [ __ ] with like launches.

really the only time it matters is if they don't sell anything, but 99% of the time they're going to sell something. So, it's not going to matter that much.

Um, and like the case

02:22

study, I guess you can consider that a launch when we launch the high ticket product to all the low ticket subscribers, but I'm not considering that a launch. When I say launch, I mean like you're launching on Instagram, that kind of thing.

Um, I wouldn't consider that the other [ __ ] a launch. So, if you

02:38

are going to do this, don't over complicate it. You can just do a few stories a day, start hyping it up a little bit.

Collect emails and phone numbers if you want. Um, you probably won't do insane volume like right when you launch it, unless you hype it up at like a certain time, but even then, like I just don't like doing that.

02:53

anything, you just have like phone setters reach out to all the contacts you got. You do it kind of like that.

So, it's really up to you how you want to do it. That's how I like to do it.

But again, I really don't do launches. I'm way more the kind of person that that's like, I'm going to partner with you.

we're going to plug it into your stuff and it's just going to make money

03:10

over time. It's there's no point in trying to do like a hyped up launch.

And like I said, a lot of times just plugging it in will make more money in the first month than you did on some crazy hyped up launch date that you spent a bunch of time building up. You just don't need to do all that.

So keep that in mind. Okay.

The next super

03:27

important, super super overlooked part is actually retaining your clients, retaining these creators. Now, something I see a lot of people, they make the mistake with this.

Honestly, like I have a ton of mentees even come to me with this. They say, "Okay, I've set

03:42

everything up. I've launched it." Like, they set it all up.

They launch it. Cuz that's really most of the work is the initial setup.

Ideally, everything is set up within a week. You launch it to their audience.

Obviously, because the whole point of this business model is you're partnering with people that already have an audience. You launch it to their audience.

It means it's already

03:57

going to make money. There's already pretty much customers there.

It starts making money. And then it's like, okay, now what?

Like, what's the next point? And to be honest, a lot of it is like making the creator feel like you're doing more than you actually are because

04:15

all it is at that point is maintenance and then obviously small tweaks here and there when you have to scale, maybe you bring on a closer, that sort of thing. Like those are like the major things, but the whole funnel is already set up.

It's already moving. The pipeline is already there.

Everything's already in place. So, it's like what do you really

04:32

do from there? So, I'm going to I'm going to explain the whole retaining clients thing now.

Here we go. So, this is extremely important.

You have to always be delivering action steps to the creators. So, if they don't constantly have something to work towards, they're

04:48

going to fall off. So, like I said, after a launch and everything is set up, the the thing I like to do is I give them KPI targets to hit for posting on social media.

So, obviously when it comes to like um actually doing the marketing and posting, I always let them

05:03

lead. I always let them do their own thing with it.

I don't like to change their style much. Maybe you can help them with call to actions or something like that.

And again, I get into all this. Um but I still like to give them a framework to follow.

Also, this section, it goes over an entire organic socials framework that I provide to my creators.

05:19

So, I'm going to be going over that as well. Um which is like the actual exact KPI targets to give them to hit.

But I always like to give them something. So they always need something.

So even after closing and signing, I'll send them a road map before we start anything. So this is like an example, a road map one of my mentees delivered to

05:35

a creator, showing even the whole sales sequence, showing what I just did, which is like the KPIs, giving like a full a full run through. Um, you just need to give them something to always be doing and something that shows them that you're still working on this with them

05:51

and you're still doing stuff. you're not just letting the money roll in because then they're going to wonder why you have a percentage.

So, like I said before, I always have mentees that come to me and they ask me like what's next after they launch an offer. But that's really the beauty of the business model is most of your work is complete after the launch and then after that it's

06:08

about maintenance and communication with the creator and obviously the sales team. So, literally, you make small tweaks here and there.

Things don't really break. And uh hopefully no creators are watching this, but you know, most of the work after launch is making it seem like you're doing more than you're actually doing.

And I know

06:23

that's absolutely crazy to say, but I swear I'm not just saying that to like I'm not trying to make this sound like too good to be true or like too easy or I'm not trying to make it sound super easy because it's not super easy. Um but after it's launched, it really is just about maintenance.

And it goes back to

06:40

that one thing of making them feel like a business partner. You can't have them feel like an agency client.

That's why I also say like having like two to three creators is a lot. And that's a really good amount.

Like if you have two to three solid creators, it's not so much like you're going to be sitting at your desk working for 12 hours a day and that's where your time needs to go. It's

06:56

not like that at all. It's more so like you need this headsp space to be in it like you're their business partner.

I hope that makes sense and I hope that's a perspective you haven't heard before. But it's like if you have 10 clients and they all require an hour a week, you're

07:11

not going to have a lack of time, but you're going to have a lack of like like how many of those clients are actually going to get your full attention. How many of them are like how how many of them are you going to know their offer inside out?

How many of them are you going to know like what needs to come next? When do you need to scale?

07:27

Probably not many of them because there's too many and you don't have anything set up to manage them properly. which goes back to why I even started my offer in the first place.

I'm partnering with creators of my mentees. It's giving me a way to take on if if all of my creators, my like two, three dozen

07:43

creators, cuz that's how many I have like total now under my belt, active active running creators, how the [ __ ] would I manage three dozen creators by myself? Even if I had, you know, employees in place to help me manage them, it's not the same as having

07:59

a mentee paired with each creator. and it's like my, you know, it's a dedicated person talking to that creator.

So, that's what that's really why I started this program as a means to be able to grow my agency and take on more creators. But obviously, it worked out as a win-win offer for everyone.

Um,

08:14

anyhow, I'm ranting a bit, but yeah, it goes back to the same most important thing is they need to feel like they're your business partner and they're not an agency client. That's the number one.

I also get asked this a lot like anytime I get on a call for my offer the question is always like you know what why do

08:31

people fail like the the mentees you have why do they fail why do they not make money and it goes back to the exact same thing which is they didn't run it like a partnership okay they'd the creator would ask a question it would take three days for an answer they want something small tweaked on a landing page it takes four days those are not

08:47

things that take three four days you get what I'm saying and if you were in business with a business partner It's not going to take that long. It takes that long for a [ __ ] agency client.

So that's the number one thing. That's how you keep your creators as your creators.

And then obviously besides that, you can

09:02

do like contract revisits. You can do that sort of thing.

I don't really mess with that. Um if they want to set that up at at the start, you can do that.

But just having like a weekly call with them, making sure everything's running smooth. Ideally, communicating with them over over text daily, keeping up with their content, what they're doing there,

09:19

you know, dropping comments here and there about their content, like, "Hey, I love that you did this with this video," or, "Hey, whatever it is, you just got to keep up with them on a daily basis, like a business partner." That's how you retain all your clients. Okay.

Next, I want to go over my organic socials framework. Now, first, a couple things

09:34

you need to understand. This is pretty much going to be going over all the best practices, posting, how often to post, all of that for all the main platforms that matter.

But the first thing you need to understand is even if all the lead flow, all all the creators leads, all the customers come from YouTube, for

09:51

example, 100% of them come from one platform, you still want the creator on all these other social platforms because someone's going to search them up on these. They need to see that they're active, they're posting.

You need to use these other platforms as a nurturing tool to make sure everyone is pre-sold

10:07

before they get on a call. Now, if this sounds like overkill, I promise you it's not.

Having this will will literally [ __ ] 10x the amount of results you get just because this person is everywhere. Their presence is everywhere.

And someone might see them on YouTube and then, oh, they pop up on

10:22

Twitter. What do you know?

They're back interested. Everything will make so much more money if the creator is posting on every single social media platform.

And I have all of it down to a science, how to grow on them, everything that this creator needs to be doing, which I'm about to run over in a second. So, here

10:39

we go. Without any further ado, let's jump straight into it.

My organic socials framework. So, the first thing that's also important, always let the creator continue to do what's working for them.

So, I never want to tell the creator to change up their content style or whatever it is. If they're already doing something and it's working on their main platform, whatever is pulling

10:55

in the leads, let them continue to do that. Okay?

Maybe you can help them out here and there. Um, like I said, you can offer your advice.

You can show them how to incorporate call to actions without being too salesy and uh, you know, delivering them a road map with KPIs to hit to keep them on track like I spoke about previously. However, when it comes

11:12

to social medias, there's only four platforms that matter at all that they should be active on, and LinkedIn is not one of them. Here we go, the big four.

And I'm going to break each one of these down and give you intel on each one. So, starting over here, well, first let me say YouTube is the best, Tik Tok is the worst.

Instagram and Twitter are in the

11:29

middle. Twitter's a little bit better.

We're going to get into it, though. Here we go.

Instagram first. So, they first need to set up their profile.

So, they need some sort of link in bio, ideally, whatever the funnel is. Um, if not, they could have a YouTube video link, something like that.

Username as their real name. They need like a solid name, unless they're really big and they're

11:45

branded around something else. Profile pick as a picture of their face.

Ideally, if they can get metaverified, too, that would be great because if they have a pick of as a pick of their face, they can do that. They'll have the check mark.

That will look a lot better as well. Many chat keyword and bio.

This is subjective based on the kind of offer,

12:01

how salesy gury you want to be. Um, but you can have a manyhat call to action bio.

Usually I only do that if it's like a low ticket offer. And then optimize story/h highlights.

Nice looking stories, highlights. Usually a results highlight, something like that.

Now, as far as actually posting goes, here we

12:17

go. Stories.

Two to five stories a day, seven days a week. This is extremely important.

This needs to make the person, the potential prospect feel like they know this person. They have an insight into their life.

So, student results, updates, daily life. When they're at the gym, post a pick at the

12:34

gym or a video saying some motivational [ __ ] whatever it is. And again, everything I'm about to tell you is completely subjective on how gury you want to be.

But you can do this stuff in a way that's not guruy at all. Close friend story, ideally just, you know, once a week.

If you guys don't know how this works, there's a software you can

12:50

use. There's a bunch of them.

The one I use, you can add every single follower to your close friends. What that does is when you post on your close friends, they're going to think, "Oh, this person added me manually." They'll see the little green the little green circle rather than the normal circle on the Instagram stories.

It goes to the very front. So, literally, your store views

13:07

4x. They they literally quadruple.

No exaggeration. So, I'm not one of those people that want to spam this a lot.

I might post on it once a week. Even that can be a lot.

And I only save it for like big call to actions or things that are actually important. Now, lives.

13:24

they're willing to do lives, which not every creator is, if they are willing to do lives two to four times a week, their lead flow will be insane, especially if you're running webinars or something like that, which I don't really mess with webinars that much, but all it is is you hop on for 30 minutes, an hour,

13:39

casual Q&A. You answer people's questions, you talk to everyone.

You can also have a ManyHat automation call to action on the live. So, you can set Many Chat up to say like if you type a word in the live, the account will DM you by typing a word in the live.

It's [ __ ] insane. Um, and then you just pin a

13:56

comment saying like comment this word on the live. It works really really well for low ticket offers.

Really well. And lastly is reals.

Five to seven a week, ideally daily if they can. Um, like I said, continue their their content style, but just incorporate some type of call to action.

You don't want to change

14:11

it up too much. And real quick, I just want to show you this quick intermission.

I'm adding this after the fact, but when it comes to reels, like I said, you want all platforms active and you want that to nurture people. Now, even though for my own info offer, all

14:28

my leads come from YouTube, I also post first of all on my main Instagram. So, let me show you guys.

So, I've got my main Instagram here, which obviously we have like my normal posts and I can also pull up my reels and it's all lifestyle stuff. So, it's all me driving cars.

It's all stuff like that. Now, to be

14:44

completely honest, none of this does anything for me. None of this lifestyle stuff brings in leads or anything like that.

I wouldn't even say it really nurtures people. It's pretty much just here for the aura.

Um, even like obviously girls see it and stuff. It's that kind of thing.

It's not

15:01

like I don't actually gain anything from posting it. I just like having it.

Uh, but I just started another Instagram, Borano, this other account. If you see here, I'm two reels in so far.

Um, but this is like the actual value type

15:18

videos. So, I'm going to play one of these videos for you so you can get a good idea of exactly what it looks like.

But these are the videos that I know, first of all, the 500 people following this are people actually interested in the business model. So, I'm going to be posting a lot more stories, that kind of thing on here.

And then, of course, I'm

15:34

posting reals, too. So, you can scroll through the reels and gain value just like you do from my YouTube videos.

Let's take a look. $78,000 personal profit in the month of June attributed entirely to this YouTube funnel strategy.

Now, this is what Iman Gajji teaches inside his $18,000 coaching

15:50

program, AFL. What you need to understand is that YouTube doesn't actually care about watch time as much as you think.

They care about something called session time. This isn't a metric you can even view, but it is the most important.

Now, YouTube doesn't care how long someone actually watches your video. They care about how long someone

16:07

stays on the platform. because the longer you stay watching videos, the more ads they can show you, and that's exactly how they make money.

Now, you can actually use this to trick the algorithm into pushing out your videos. Now, this is exactly what it looks like.

You have the top ofunnel videos, which is the lifestyle content, bringing in a mass demographic, and you push all of

16:23

that to the middle of funnel, which is your VSSL, and it leads to a type form application, so they can apply to be mentored. And then underneath that, you have the bottom of funnel, which is the valuebased nurturing content for the people that aren't immediately sold from the VSSL.

The whole point is the VSSL. This is the one video that sells them and it's the only video with the

16:40

mentorship linked. Let me explain.

All the top offunnel videos push directly to the VSSL. Every single video that gets all the views pushes to the VSSL.

It doesn't link outside of the platform. Now, the reason for that is if you link the type form on the top of funnel videos, YouTube is going to see that as

16:55

people leaving the platform and they're not going to push your videos out at all. Whereas, if you push it all to this one video and it accomplishes the same thing, now your VSSL is going to get more views organically.

Not only that, but it's also going to boost your session time in the algorithm and all your videos are going to do much much better. Okay, so you get my point with

17:11

those videos. Um, just valuebased, a big guy I love to look at, which I'll also show as an example is my good friend Nick setting.

U, this is a great guy all around by the way, but he absolutely kills it with his Instagram funnel. Like again, just looking through this stuff,

17:26

he's got a lot he's got thing is he's got it combined. He's got the lifestyle there and then his reels are all like the value stuff.

Um, these get a lot of views because he actually runs ads to them. He's a big ads guy as well.

Um, but again, he's got call to action, the bio. He's just got a really allaround

17:42

good profile. Um, and that's what works for him.

And guys, by the way, real quick, you do not understand how [ __ ] difficult this app was to get. I had to [ __ ] buy it once and then I lost it.

I bought it again. I'm in like five grand to have my last name as an

17:57

Instagram ad. This is what I'm talking about.

I don't need that, but it's just clean. It's aura.

So, I care about Aura and things like that. Um, that's also why I'm not one of like your spammy gurus because I actually give a [ __ ] but it depends on the person.

And anyhow, I'm sidetracking a bit, but

18:13

that's that's the gist of what the real should look like. Next is Twitter.

So, Twitter, I love Twitter. You don't need a ton.

A link in bio. You don't even really need that.

Um, you just need a clean looking profile. So, I like to have in the bio just a oneliner, something clean.

Um, you can put a

18:29

banner on Twitter as well ideally. Same thing though, username as your real name, profile pictures, picture of a face.

Those are two important things. Replies.

So, when it comes to Twitter, you're not going to just grow off of off of here's the thing. Twitter is not like these other algorithms where it's going

18:45

to push your content towards the for you page just like instantly. It's not like that at all.

So, if it's a brand new account or even even if it's not a brand new account, the thing that's going to get your account out there is replies. replying to big accounts, replying to people in the space, getting them to engage with you or they like one of your

19:00

comments. Eventually, when you start tweeting, like I'm not even kidding, you can just rip 50 replies a day for like a week.

You're going to get a bunch of these big guys following you and then once you tweet, all it takes is one of them liking your tweet and then it gets sent to the for you page of their followers and then your Twitter's kickstarted. It's really easy to get big

19:16

on Twitter. Um, but tweets are not that important.

The most important thing is replies. You got to be active with replies and that sort of thing.

So, I do 30 to 50 replies a day, 7 days a week, every day. That works really [ __ ] well.

If you do that, you're going to grow. Next is tweets.

So, as far as like

19:31

the actual tweets, two to three tweets a day, seven days a week. If you want to make them like super nice tweets, you could do one a day, whatever.

Twitter is not the kind of thing where it's like you need to have a really good tweet. You can genuinely just like tweet your I've literally had I had someone book a

19:46

call with me. I tweeted some like random [ __ ] It was like a random tweet I thought of really quick, something funny, and I tweeted it and posted it and I had and I call I had a call with this guy who was interested in working with me.

Uh he was interested in becoming a mentee and I was like, "Yeah, where'd you find me by the way?" And he's like, "Oh yeah, I saw your tweet about whatever it was." And I was like,

20:02

"What the fuck?" Like that's insane. Um but anyway, you cut it, it's going to be really good for nurturing.

Twitter's a great platform for that. And with those tweets, it could be results, lifestyle photos, thoughts, opinions, literally anything.

Twitter is the least strict platform. You could put [ __ ] anything out there and it could run, which I I

20:18

love about that that platform, which by the way, it's called like X now or something. I still call it Twitter.

I'm gonna say I'm gonna go to Tik Tok first because YouTube, I have something else I want to talk about in there. Um, anyhow, Tik Tok.

I don't give a [ __ ] about Tik Tok. As long as they're on these three platforms, I'm good.

Tik Tok, I couldn't care less if they're on it. Um, same

20:35

thing though. Username as a real name, profile, pick, picture of face, link in bio.

The only other thing Tik Toks are good for, you can post Tik Toks. You can literally re you can literally reuse reals as Tik Toks.

So you can post the same videos on both platforms. Same thing, five to seven a week.

Continue their content style incorporates. The

20:50

only thing Tik Tok is good for is lives. This is important.

Listen to this. I know I just [ __ ] on Tik Tok, but listen, if you're running a low ticket, Tik Tok lives are different than Instagram lives in one way.

Instagram, Instagram lives are pretty much just the followers. Tik

21:06

Tok lives, they put them on the for you page. I have had creators, this is back when I used to really take webinars seriously.

I don't [ __ ] with webinars anymore. That's a whole different story.

I don't really touch them anymore. But when it comes to Tik Tok lives, I would have these guys go on live for like 6

21:21

hours straight. They'd be two hours into it doing their Q&A.

It would be fine, whatever. And then, I'm not even kidding, randomly, Tik Tok would just push the live out because they had been live for a couple hours.

And thousands of people would start joining the live. Like, they would have they would go from

21:36

200 viewers for two hours to 4,000 in the span of 10 minutes. and then for the next four hours, their live would never have less than 2,000 people in it, which obviously brings a lot of [ __ ] leads for something like a webinar.

So, if you're doing a low ticket or something

21:52

like that, do not sleep on TikTok lives. They're very, very powerful if your creator is willing to run them and sit there for hours and hours and hours.

Now, last thing is YouTube, the golden boy, okay? The the this is the big in the big four, okay?

This is all that I I [ __ ] love YouTube and I love YouTube

22:08

creators. This is everything right here.

Okay, listen. First of all, optimize profile.

You want a link in video descriptions. So, every video description or the videos that you have, the nurturing stuff, and I'm about to get into this in a second.

You want you want the funnel link. You only want one link.

You don't want to have a bunch

22:23

of different links. Even social media, I like to just put the username.

I won't even have them link it. I like to have one blue link in the description.

That's it. No other links.

And that's the main link. Longer bio about them.

So, you can actually have a YouTube bio that's like a paragraph long. I found I like to do

22:38

that. uh username as a real name, profile pick, picture of their face, same stuff.

Videos, ideally, one to three videos a week. Again, I would focus more on quality over quantity.

That's what I found with YouTube is when

22:54

you post a video and you don't think it's going to do well, it usually doesn't. So, I'd rather you make sure that the one video that goes out every week is really [ __ ] good because it'll do a lot more for you than just posting consistently.

Mostly valuebased. You can incorporate lifestyle and you

23:09

should always aim for at least 10 minutes. YouTube is amazing because you can nurture people so crazy.

You can post hourlong videos. You're watching this video right now.

It's multiple hours long. It's [ __ ] incredible how much you can do with YouTube and how well people can get to know you just from watching these YouTube videos.

23:25

say 10 plus minutes. That's bare bare bare bare bare minimum.

Ideally, you want to look to get to like 20 30 if you can. And then obviously you've got videos like this multiple hours long.

These are the real juicers. Um, but that takes time to be able to I mean, guys, you you have no idea how much time this

23:40

video took to make. That's very important to keep in mind.

Now, what I'm about to go into my bonus YouTube strategy that goes in depth on this right here, having a link in video descriptions, none of this makes any sense to you right now what I'm saying,

23:56

but what I'm about to show you guys with this is actually [ __ ] genius. And let me full screen.

It has completely changed like how I run my offers and even how I run my own YouTube. It is genuinely insane.

Um,

24:11

like I said guys, YouTube is just the best [ __ ] platform. If if you're hitting up creators like I like I'm most creators I hit up now are YouTube guys.

And if they're not on YouTube, I get them the [ __ ] on YouTube because they can grow really fast. And like I I think I gave this example before.

If you're taking someone a fitness creator with

24:28

hundreds of thousands of followers, they're going to do worse than a bisop creator on YouTube getting a thousand views a video. It sounds insane, but that is genuinely how broken YouTube is right now because it brings a high high quality.

Look at you watching this video right now. If you're watching this video

24:44

right now, you're probably not an idiot. You're someone that was probably searching for something like this, searching for info operating or growth operating or something along those lines or you're at least doing online business.

You're not just some guy scrolling. You're watching this video with intent.

I bet a lot of you guys are

25:00

watching this [ __ ] taking notes. I get that sent all the time.

So many people watch like these videos I make. They'll send me an Instagram video of their their Google Doc.

Actually, if you're watching this right now and you've been taking notes, go on Instagram right now and send me a video of whatever you're taking notes on, whether it's a notepad or a Google doc.

25:16

I just want to see it. Send me a picture or a video, something.

I'll answer you. I I will see your DM.

Um, my point is like the people watching this video right now, watching me sit here for hours talking about boring stuff, like you have to be a certain quality person

25:31

to watch this video. And a lot of you guys watching this are qualified to work with me and become one of my mentees, which is my goal of making this video.

I'm trying to hit a target ICP. Hopefully, you're understanding understanding what I'm saying.

But back

25:47

to the original point of this whole thing right here is I would deliver something like this to your creators just so they can get on all these platforms and be posting consistently just to have it as a nurturing tool. Like I said, if someone sees them on

26:04

YouTube and then also sees them on Twitter and sees them on Instagram and follows them everywhere and they're constantly seeing their stuff, it's really [ __ ] good for nurturing, especially keeping people like in the pipeline. And if especially if you're especially if you're posting results, too, it will do wonders for you.

So,

26:20

please don't sleep on this. Don't think it's overkill.

You got to do this. All right.

Next, I'm going over something I'm very, very excited to go over. Now, I've made a whole video on this, and it's I'm not going to lie, it's the exact same myro from that video.

So, if you've already watched that video, you

26:35

probably don't need to watch this section. It might even be worth your time to rewatch it just because I might say some new [ __ ] that I didn't say before after going over all these other modules, which I probably will.

I'm taking back everything I said. Even even if you watch the other video, watch this section, too, because I know I'm going

26:50

to end up saying some good [ __ ] Now, this whole section right here, let me show you real quick. This is absolute insane sauce when it comes to YouTube, when it comes to portraying a certain view of your

27:07

creator, making them look a certain way. I'm just going to start going over it right now.

So, June 2025, last month, I did 178K personal profit month at a at 21 years old, attributed entirely to the YouTube funnel I implemented with my

27:23

high ticket creator clients that I'm about to reveal right now. And again, showing the numbers, 62K for my own coaching offer, which for me was a low volume month.

I usually do higher cash collected. I didn't post for 40 days in there.

Literally a 40-day gap. Um, and also all my leads come from YouTube,

27:40

like 99% all of them. Um, so the revenue dropping due to me not posting is proof that this YouTube [ __ ] I'm about to show you works.

And then of course, I also lost money due to processing fees. I usually take mostly zel um but I hit a foreign demographic for some reason.

27:56

I had processing fees and then yeah but anyhow going back here as well 116k for my client coaching offers and out of these screenshots there's like another 17k not shown here but you get the point. I [ __ ] ripped it last month at 21 years old and a lot of it is due to

28:11

this strategy. Now first thing you need to understand Iman Gaji straight up invented this strategy.

He pushes this very hard inside his own 18K program for info sellers AFL. If you guys are unfamiliar with it, he pushes it very very hard inside of there.

What you need to understand is first this is not just

28:28

a strategy to convert more customers. Everything I give to my creator clients most of the part everything we do as operators for the most part is to convert their leads into customers.

This is not that. YouTube actually favors this in the algorithm because of

28:45

something called session time, not watch time, which I'm about to go over. Here's a little pyramid.

Okay, here you go. Views turn into leads turn into money.

So, this is not just a strategy to convert more customers. This is a strategy to get more leads.

And you need to make sure your creator is doing this. First

29:01

of all, the info game, what the [ __ ] is this there? The info game has changed.

Prospects are more suspicious than ever because of fake gurus. And it has never been harder to gain the trust of an audience.

Have you guys seen this before? DM me the word desperate if you want to make 10K a month, one spot remaining.

You get the idea. I hope you guys like

29:18

this. I whipped it up.

Um, but yeah, Instagram stories with the ugly blocky text, the DM me the word call to actions, the fake urgency, they just don't cut it anymore. This is not going to do [ __ ] Even if you actually, obviously I made this as a joke, but even if you actually like put some [ __ ] on here and it, you get what I'm saying?

29:35

It does not cut it anymore. Um, and it has never been harder to gain the trust of an audience.

This is what the current market values. Buyers are no longer buying into the business.

They are buying into the guru. Let me say this again.

Buyers, if someone wants to buy a course, it used

29:51

to mostly be about the business model. Oh, this is the shiny new business model.

Oh, wow. Oh, drop shipping.

It makes so much sense. I don't have to have physical products.

That's it. Let me pick one of these guys.

No, now it's about the guy. Look at Imani for example.

Igajji is the best example I can give of this. He was doing SMMA

30:08

[ __ ] Like he was one of the first guys to run up SMMA, make that like an info offer, but he can sell anything. Now he's selling literally AFL.

He's selling an info an info offer. He's teaching people info products and [ __ ] for 18

30:24

grand. Imagi is doing that.

He completely pivoted from the SMMA stuff and he's doing something completely different now. He can do that because it's about him.

It's not about his business. So, personal connection/vulnerability is really big.

Look at this post. 218,000 likes.

That's

30:41

the picture, guys. Come on.

If I If I posted this, no one would give a [ __ ] It would get 100 likes. My posts only do good if it's like me on a jet or something.

You know what I'm saying? They want to They need to aspire to be like this person.

Look

30:57

how he's dressed up. He owns the old money aesthetic.

He's Look at this. Does this guy look like he's just a core seller?

This guy looks like he's out of a [ __ ] movie. Who's he playing chess with?

There's no one there. The pieces aren't even moved.

But it doesn't matter because look at him.

31:14

One of my jetpicks versus one of Iman's. He's all classy on it.

He's got the [ __ ] filter grade over it. Mine is [ __ ] Mine is just a quick flick on a jet.

I definitely didn't put this here just to show that I'm on a jet, but you

31:30

get my point is he has a certain aesthetic. He has a certain vibe.

He sells a certain lifestyle really, really well and he has to maintain that constantly. Now the other thing is you cannot just sell in every single video.

This is why you see so many vlog channels now unscripted. Even me

31:46

personally, myself, I post vlogs and stuff too. I had a vlog channel.

I'm posting vlogs on here now. like I have different types of content.

You're not only going to see me posting value. You can also see some of my lifestyle, that sort of thing.

Now, here is the full

32:02

strategy breakdown and also why YouTube favors this, why YouTube pushes this. So, my client and also roommate is running this exact strategy.

I implemented it with him. Now, I usually have an NDA with my clients.

The only reason I can show you this is because I don't even have a contract with him. I'm

32:19

just helping him as a homie. Um, I want him to do well.

That's the only reason I can show you this right now. Here we go.

This is what it looks like. And this is only one half of the equation.

I'm about to explain the other half. YouTube funnel strategic breakdown.

So, first you have the top of funnel content,

32:34

lifestyle content, mass demographics. So, these are the videos a weekend in Miami.

It's just pure lifestyle going out degeneracy. It's whatever.

It has no value, nothing to do with any of that at all at all. Next you have the middle middle of funnel which is the public VSSL to type

32:50

from application. This is a VSSL that is public on YouTube.

Okay, one video. Top of funnel is a bunch of videos.

You're posting a [ __ ] ton. Bottom of funnel is a bunch of videos posting a [ __ ] ton.

The middle of funnel is one video. There's only one video that goes here and it's the VSSL to a type from

33:06

application. 30 minutes long.

How trading changed my life. My story.

The point of this video is it shows his story. It shows how I came from nothing to now.

Supercars blah blah blah. You get what I'm saying?

It's the nurturing video. It's the video that sells people.

This video sells them.

33:21

This is the video they need to watch and it has the application linked. I'm about to show you the secret.

And then the bottom of funnel is the valuebased nurturing content. He doesn't even need to post stuff like this anymore.

Um, but it's like the actual trading content, actual showing people how to do stuff. That's what that part is.

Now, this is

33:38

the money printer, by the way. It's also in the shape of a pyramid, but don't worry about that.

So, here's the other half. Why does YouTube push this in the algo so hard?

Why is this so good? Here you go.

First, you need to understand two important metrics. Watch time and session time.

Watch time is how long

33:55

someone watches a specific video for. The video you're watching right now has watch time attached to it.

I can see the average duration of this video. There's also something called session time, which you cannot see.

This is not a viewable analytic. This is how long someone stays on the platform, YouTube

34:12

itself. What you need to know is YouTube cares more about people staying on the platform than watching your video.

If they leave your video, they don't give a [ __ ] Obviously, your video is going to hurt from it. Your watch time will go lower.

They'll push it out less. But as

34:28

long as they stay, as long as that person clicked off your YouTube video and clicked on another YouTube video, they don't care as much as if they left the platform. Here's the secret sauce.

All the top off ofunnel videos push directly to the VSSL.

34:44

Take a look at this. Average week with your rich friends 135 views.

Watch this next. So all these topunnel videos, none of these have a link to mentorship or anything.

All of these link to one video. That video is this video.

It all links to this one video. And that's the

35:00

video that has the one-on-one mentorship linked. The video that actually sells them.

Now, why? A couple things.

First, it shows YouTube that people watch this video after his other ones. So, they recommend it more.

So, after every time, every time someone, one of these 135,000

35:17

people watches one of these top of funnel videos, you know what they watch next? They watch this video, how trading changed my life, my story.

They watch the VSSL after watching this. YouTube realizes that, so they're going to push it out more because of it.

It also gives YouTube an idea of the ICP watching the

35:34

VSSL and shows it to more of the demographic organically. So, let me tell you this.

Someone watches the top funnel video right here, right? Let me let me go over here.

They watch this video. Out of all these people, only some of them are going to be interested and qualified

35:50

enough to watch this one. So, now this video is only getting that small fraction, that small quion of qualified people watching it.

But just because this is another YouTube video, YouTube is going to say, "Okay, out of these 16K people, this is what the average person

36:06

that watches this video looks like. Let's show this video to more of that those people." So now, this video is going to get views organically from people seeing his face for the first time, and it's going to be the exact ICP he wants to see it.

And then of course after all of it, it boosts session time

36:23

tremendously, which in turn makes every one of these top of funnel videos pop up and get 100k [ __ ] views. So not only are you showing more people the VSSL, but you're also boosting all the videos as a whole and letting the

36:38

channel thrive as a result. Now, I hope that makes a lot of [ __ ] sense and I hope I didn't confuse any of you explaining this.

I just want to pull it up again just so you can kind of get an overview of it. Um, but session time is

36:53

the number one analytic. It's the most important thing when it comes to this platform.

So, you need to make sure that you're keeping it in mind with absolutely everything here. Now, to be honest, I don't know how me explaining this is only 10 minutes when the video I made was like 20 minutes.

I feel like I said more, but apparently I didn't. Um,

37:11

so I guess you save some time if you watch this one. But this [ __ ] works extremely well.

I know I'm kind of just repeating myself now. All you need to know is YouTube prints.

It's just it's it's [ __ ] genius to be running this. You're stupid

37:27

if you're not running this. And a little bit more about this kind of stuff here since I know most of this was just about the funnel.

You need to portray at least some sort of aesthetic or some sort of vibe that makes these people get to know you. Iman's great at that.

You feel like you

37:43

know him. You know the type of you feel like you know how he talks.

Even if you saw these pictures, you would just assume he's well spoken, he's eloquent, you know, versus someone like this, you think this guy's a [ __ ] you know, you're going to give him your money and he's he's going to go [ __ ] blow it on a stripper or something. You know what I

37:59

mean? That's what this gives.

That's not what you want. You want to make sure you're giving something trustworthy and you're letting them actually see what type of person this guy is.

Anyhow, I'm getting a little bit off track. That's the whole YouTube strategy.

You need to be implementing this with all your

38:15

creators. And something else I want to mention, you can also run this up yourself.

You can literally have your own YouTube channel and you can get creators from content like this. And I wanted to talk about this a little bit more, but these myro videos I make, like

38:32

these videos, obviously they're targeted towards operators. This video, I'm looking for operators.

That's my ICP. However, at the same time, I'm going to get a [ __ ] ton of creators in my DMs from this exact video.

simply because a lot of them see it because they're searching for certain things and I'm going to be able to close

38:48

those people as clients. Now, I have a couple mentees that are running up Myro videos like this one specifically targeted towards creators and it's working extremely well and they're getting creators inbound into their DMs

39:04

from it. So, if you're not against putting your face out there and spending 30 minutes a week making one of these videos, obviously you got to make the myro board, which is the bulk of it, but you know, posting a 30-minute video every week, which a 30-minute video would take maybe a couple hours to make that myro.

39:20

If you're willing to do that, you can honestly scratch outreach because it will do so much more for bringing in inbound and the clients will be better because it's inbound. I'm just putting it out there.

Um, obviously you can still rip outreach,

39:35

but if you wanted to start getting some inbound clients, I would highly recommend trying that. I also want to say real quick, so I I have a um one of my mentees, Mr.

Steco, he uh he joined me, I I want to say two a couple I don't

39:51

know, a couple months back. Um he piffed me.

He was one of those guys that was already doing pretty well and he just wanted someone to consult, someone to help him scale, someone to give him advice. He is now scaling extremely [ __ ] well and I swear his income has

40:07

like doubled since we last spoke. Um, but I just did a like hourong minute co hour long minute like 45 minute coaching call with him.

Um, going over his whole situation again. He's one of these guys posting these myros to get clients.

So,

40:22

so much value in this video. I'm going to play it right now.

He's given me permission to kind of put it in here. I had to chop it up a bit cuz I don't want to reveal his client name and that sort of thing because it is a big guy.

It's the kind of guy like if I said his name, a lot of you guys would know who it is. Um, so I can't reveal that.

But I'm just

40:38

going to show like pretty much the whole raw coaching call going over talking about webinars, talking about the numbers he's doing, which his offer is doing is like a few hundred grand a month. um with that offer.

He's personally getting close to 100K a month and uh of course also going over this

40:55

whole thing I just spoke of being able to bring in inbound leads from making your own YouTube videos which is the bulk of it. So you're going to you're going to gain a ton of value from this.

So make sure you watch this segment and thank you Mr. Steco for letting me put it in this video.

Enjoy. Yep.

41:11

What's going on brother? What's good bro?

How are you? Good bro.

What we saying? What's up bro?

Chilling. chilling, dude.

I'm in uh I'm about to go to Europe tomorrow. Where are you going?

Going to Mkos first and then going to figure it out from there. But yeah, it's

41:27

going to be it's going to be [ __ ] crazy. That's awesome, bro.

Are you going for like for business, for leisure, both or what's I mean, dude. I mean, mostly leisure, but obviously I still got to keep everything running.

So, I'll still be I'll still be working out there, but no, definitely not. Moses is not not for business,

41:42

bro. It's gonna be good content for you, too, man.

Yeah. Yeah.

It's going to be sick, bro. That's going to be sick.

That's awesome, bro. That's awesome.

Yeah, I mean, bro, I've been good on my end. I've been I've been steady grinding here, trying to scale up the clients.

Got some updates for you, too. Yeah.

Let's just Let's just run through top to bottom, go through each client

41:58

and give me some updates. For sure.

So, I mean, since we last spoke, like I had a good amount. I had that guy I had what we decided is that um I'll be managing just for now and then I have two other clients.

I have I

42:13

have Yeah. the other affiliates, they're still selling for they're just doing a regular 3.5K package that I'm going to get 7% of the entire company floor as well.

Okay. So, right now, as we speak with we're

42:29

looking at um on the month right now 290 on the month. That's fire.

What was last month? last month was I'll tell you right now because I know I know we're going to

42:44

pass it for sure. So here it's honestly been record months after record months, bro.

So last month was uh 360K. Okay.

So we're going to pass it this month for sure. Yeah, you are.

Our our goal is half a mill uh this month. Okay.

43:01

Yeah. So it's going to be good, bro.

Like last month was my biggest month personal takehome. I took home what was it?

Uh I think 64. Yeah.

Let me see here. I'll pull it out.

And how is that split? How much of that was uh offer?

43:19

A good like 3540. Okay.

Yeah. So definitely like the bigger fish right now.

Yeah. Um from the offers and it's good.

That's why I wanted to ask your opinion. But first I'll go through the other offers.

Yeah. Let me pull up the the invoicy here.

Yeah, last month I finished at 68

43:36

68.5, right? Damn.

Fire. So had sent it was 39 uh CAD in total that he gave me.

And then I have other ones from my other offer. I got like a 10K on the trading offer that guy because we finished with

43:52

33.9 which by the way I I have 20% now the entire floor. Uh no more just you know closing deals whatever.

Like I'm not closing anymore whatsoever. I'm just doing basic sales management backend SOPs and frameworks and it's 20% of the entire floor and I'm like managing the

44:08

marketing side too. That's been a huge win lately, bro.

Because I used to close on that offer full-time. Now I'm managing a closer on that offer.

Yeah. Amazing, bro.

Bro, I I haven't taken a single sales call this month. Like it's it feels That's the first month you've done that, right, bro?

First month.

44:25

So what are you doing? What are you doing with that excess time?

So, I had a bunch of other clients. Like, I had an extra three clients on my hands.

Yeah. I'm not going to lie, bro.

They weren't making me as much. Like, like I got a good maybe eight, nine, 10K from them, but then I decided that we're just going

44:40

to cut them from the affiliate program. So, we cut them.

So, now I have more time on my hands, bro. I have at least an extra like four or five hours a day.

So, I'm thinking of putting some of it towards one-on-one training with some of the closers that are struggling a bit on on uh And the second things that that I wanted to ask your advice on is, bro,

44:56

last month I closed my first ever Well, no, this month I I closed my first ever guy on one-on-one consulting, not growth off, but basically just like one-on-one consulting. Yeah.

On how to create his personal brand, his offer, and how to scale it. And I charge him 7.5K US.

45:11

So, basically growth off except you're just consulting him. You're not actually like Nick.

Like Nick setting basically, right? Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah.

Pitch 7.5K. He piffed me right away and I was like, "Bro, this is [ __ ] amazing.

Thanks." Where did you uh Where did you find him at? Bro, if I told you the story, it's like the warmest [ __ ] lead.

Bro, my my

45:29

roommate, he he brought him cuz they were chilling at like Marcus Four Seasons downtown. They were just [ __ ] around.

Went to Freddy's, whatever. Bro pulled up.

He saw my he saw my car in the in the basement and he was like, "Oh, bro, I love being whatever." We go upstairs. I

45:44

just hopped off, you know, the call with my meeting. Long story short, I'm talking to him.

This guy's a high ticket closer. You're making like 30k a month already.

Yeah. I'm like, "Bro, you're making 30K.

How much you making?" Like, like your clients. He's like, "You know, a good amount." I'm like, "Bro, why are you making them rich?" Yeah.

Okay, I'm listening.

46:00

Basically, I do like a Wolf of Wall Street two, three minute pitch on why I got to show an offer. And he's like, "Bro, send me your wire and we'll start." Yeah.

Serious. So, bro, $40 later, he pipped me 7.5.

Yeah. Yeah.

And he's a cheap, bro. He's a He's uh like we're doing sales training uh similar to like Johnny Mau and uh and

46:17

all those guys. Yeah.

Okay. So, yeah, that's what I was thinking, bro.

I'm thinking like with my extra time, do I go down that route and pivot or do I Well, here's the thing, dude. If if you're because you're still, you know, ripping YouTube content, you're kind of building up your personal brand now.

There's no reason you can't use that for both. Um there's no reason you can't,

46:34

you know, if you wanted to, bro, you could throw in a type form for that kind of thing or or just have something simple like that. like I want to build out like a landing page or like a funnel for yourself.

But if you want to have that there as an option, there's no reason you can't make extra money for uh extra money from it. And then obviously your content will do both things.

It's going to bring in people that you're

46:50

going to grow top and then the people that maybe you don't want to grow top but do have money, then you could you could charge them for consulting. Yeah.

Yeah. Honestly, because that that was kind of a sign to me where it's like, bro, first of all, it takes way less time per per week out of my schedule.

I'll be honest with you, bro. Because if I if I'm managing setters,

47:07

closers actively, it takes way more time. Yeah.

So with this guy, I'm just it's purely consulting basis. Of course, it'll take me more time when I'm helping him create his own modules and everything, set everything up.

But um yeah, so that's that. So right now, bro, it's really just three main clients right now.

I'll tell you right now the numbers on the month.

47:23

Um with the guy, I think you remember him, right? Like Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah.

Of course. Yeah.

for him because we have two DM setters now and they're both pretty competitive and we also have Split that we finally got on [ __ ] We're currently looking at at almost a record month.

47:39

We're at 34K. No, 35.

Good [ __ ] bro. Good [ __ ] [ __ ] Yeah, I remember he was kind of like in the gutter a little bit.

No, he was shadowbanned and Yeah, exactly. We got out of the shadow ban.

He's at 35K on the month. We're going to rip 50K at least.

He's talking up cash next month. We're going to rip

47:54

some DM ads and I want to do a webinar with him as well. Yeah.

Um and I think that's going to print. I think that's going to make a lot of money.

Plus, with a 20% rev share, I can take home a good amount, bro. Excellent.

All right. [ __ ] yeah.

And what about the other? That's him.

And then I have I just closed. Uh,

48:11

yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. So, I'm managing him right now.

He has one closer, one setter, and we're looking to scale right now. We're It's pretty slow in the month because he's 17, right?

So, Instagram has like an access thing where he won't let people fall. Bro, it's [ __ ] that.

He changed that midway

48:27

towards the month and now we're wrapping back up. Um, so where was I going with this?

So with him, I'm looking to just scale him up. He's done last month he did 40k.

I'm trying to get him to to to 100K. That's my goal.

Dude, you know what's funny about him? I met him I want to say like I met him

48:43

like a year ago at like 4 a.m. at the spa in Bickl called DCG.

And he recognized me. He's like, "Yo, yo, you're you're Dustin, right?" I don't remember exactly what he said.

He recognized me. I was like, "Yeah, what's up, man?" He was like, "Bro, I'm little brother." I was like, "What?" Like, is they're not actually related, are they?

48:59

No, no, no. He just says that.

But that was the first time I ever I ever heard of him. But it's funny.

Yeah. Even he was telling me he was like he was at Yash's Yash's thing that he had for Fourth of July.

Yeah. It's funny.

Even though that was a really good event, actually. That was a really good event.

Yeah. Honestly, next time there's events

49:15

like that, I told Vince, I'm just going to pop out, bro. Network [ __ ] I think I think uh Yash told me they're they're planning on doing that like every couple months.

He told me as well cuz I was talking to him after it. Dude, they they spent like on that event.

Um, crazy. But yeah, it was a really good event and they're gonna keep doing them for so for sure.

Come to the next

49:32

one. Yeah, I got it, bro.

Because the network in Montreal and the info product space is good, but it's not like Miami, bro. No, of course not.

Every guru is here. All your [ __ ] clients are here, you know, like that's what I mean, bro.

And especially now because I did well with so now I'm just getting more referrals. The plan with the affiliates, which I think is

49:47

going to print as well, they're only doing 3.5, but we have already like 12 affiliates, bro. I'm getting 7% of that.

I think it's just gonna stack up with time. Yeah.

Right. So, look, right now with the three clients I have, I'm looking at like

50:02

between 60 and 70. This is cab.

And I want to get like my goal has been always You're in there, bro. You're getting closer.

Yeah. Close, bro.

Closer. Closer.

And my goal's always been 100 um since we spoke by the end of this year. That's my goal.

So, I was doing some math and I'm like,

50:18

the only way to get to 100 is either landing, I would say, two clients at Refshare at a decent refshare or just do the the consulting side of things and scale to at least two two to three clients a month at 7.5. I mean, bro, if I'm being honest, that

50:34

shouldn't that really shouldn't be that hard to do. If you're ripping YouTube content consistently, that shouldn't be hard to do.

Yeah, that's my plan. I'm going to do I'm going to do YouTube consistently.

I did I did a couple like day in the life taking out my car. Did like some mindset things.

Yeah, I saw that. Yeah.

Yeah.

50:50

I'm gonna I'm gonna go specific to like it's the myro videos, bro. Like the myro videos and the breakdowns and like the real the really detailed [ __ ] That's that's what's going to make you that's what's going to bring in the the good leads.

But bro, I'm so I'm so in between Dustin like between making my own agency and

51:06

having a different account like Maxen House, Nick Sue, all these guys and just doing it on my own page. I'm so in between, bro.

That's why I'm getting like back and forth thoughts. What do you mean?

What do you mean? Like say Nick for example, he has his grow acquisition.

Max has his stealth or

51:22

whatever he calls it. Su has his own thing.

So, I'm just thinking like, bro, do I build the agency for its own page? Because I I I can stack up.

You mean you mean just like having a name for a business? And yeah, I have like a sec second IG IG account that I could just push traffic towards there while also promoting.

51:38

Yeah. If you're going to take, you know, Instagram funnels super super seriously, they all do that because like they use Instagram as like their main funnel.

Like all their traffic goes through Instagram. Like Nick setting, that's his thing, bro.

Is literally he runs paid ads to his Instagram. Like his funnel is his Instagram account.

So that's why he has that. Um, as far as like when you're

51:56

actually closing clients, it doesn't really matter. Like personally, I think it's better if you're closing them as yourself rather than as an agency.

Because when you're closing them as an agency and you're like, "Oh, we've done this for our clients." they just think they're going to become another client, a bunch of clients. But when they feel like, oh, this guy's a couple clients,

52:12

I'm going to be working with him directly, which is the case, then me personally, I found it's like way easier to close them. And it's just I mean, it's just better to form it more like a partnership rather than like they're an agency client.

With that said, you can still brand it around a name and have

52:27

like another Instagram account for results and that sort of thing, but I wouldn't think too hard about it about making like an agency website and and doing all that [ __ ] I I I wouldn't go that far. Okay.

Cool. Cool.

Cool. And then what are your thoughts business model wise on what's more sustainable to grow long term?

The rev share model based or more

52:44

upfront with no rev share as a consultant as you know. Wait for consulting or for like growth op?

Well, I'm saying like which business model do you feel is is the best in terms of like where I'm trying to go with my goals and everything. Is it going to be the revshare model or more upfront with no ref share?

And I do like

53:00

I mean the consulting is basically you're you're selling your own high ticket offer. So, I mean, I I I'd say the perfect scenario is you're working with four to five solid clients.

You've already got three under your belt. You know, one to two really really solid clients.

Um, I mean, one or two more

53:16

good clients, that should put you at 100K a month just as is. As far as that goes, I would stick to Rev Share.

You need to look at it like this. If you want to work with someone, say you have a lead that comes in, if you know you can make the money, you can get them to 100K a month, whatever it is, like if you know you can come in and seriously help them and they're going to make a

53:31

lot of money, then obviously go for Rev Share because you're going to make more money over long term. But if it's like this other case where you know maybe it's someone you would maybe they can make money but you just wouldn't want to work with them or you don't have the capacity or whatever it is.

Um I feel like most cases it would be it would be along the lines of you don't think they

53:48

would be able to make enough money for it to be worth it for you to take them on as like a full-time client. In that case you should just close them as a consulting client.

Charge an upfront. I I wouldn't bother um taking a percentage.

If anything you can put a time frame on the consulting. You make it like consulting for three months and

54:04

then if they still want help from you then then you can upsell them after it runs out. Exactly.

That's exactly what I did because I'm thinking of what I should do is just maybe get one or two more where it's like rev share growth hop and then just scale the agency on the side and have like my own consulting thing where

54:19

I'm able to be a consultant on people's teams offers for three months, four months, five months and have my own because bro, I'm not going to lie, having that like 7.5 upfront when normally I'm always the one closing for people who receive that high amount. Yeah.

It like unlocks something in my mind

54:34

which is like I'm never going back to closing for someone else. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah, bro. I mean, dude, you're in a good position.

You know the power of YouTube as well. So, like, as long as you print out videos, dude.

Like, I mean, dude, even me, like, I'm killing it with my offer and I get like 10, 15K views a month. You know what I mean?

Like, you don't need a lot

54:50

of views if you're making super niche content. As long as you're hitting your ICP, like you can get 500,000 views a video.

As long as it's the right demo, like you're going to print 30, 50k a month. I mean, bro, I wouldn't be surprised if you could instantly rip like 30 to 50k a month selling an offer

55:06

like that. Oh, yeah.

Really? Yes, dude.

If if you start ripping it with YouTube, like obviously it depends on the kind of videos you make and you need to start making more cuz you you only have like two videos up, right? Just two, bro.

Yeah. Yeah.

I mean, if you start ripping it a little harder, you have all the social proof with the offers you're running and

55:22

everything to to be hitting those numbers like ASAP. How would I how would I position the social proof to work in my favor?

Like what kind of assets uh should I build? Like making video like case study videos, dude.

Like obviously it depends on NDAs and that sort of thing. But even if you can make cuz I've done case study

55:37

videos with clients I have NDAs with where I don't say their name. I don't show who they are, but I still break it down.

They have this many followers. Like you can break down all the numbers without name dropping them.

You can turn that into a 30 minute case study video and that's insane amounts of social proof. Um because people can see you

55:54

know what you're doing. You're actually running up an offer, you know.

And then would you would you put that as like a not lead magnet but kind of like a a link in my IG bio of like how I how I made or how I scaled um my clients to have Yeah, you can have a juicer video like

56:10

that or you can just every time you post a new video make that the one linked in your bio just like push new people towards it. Um one sec I got to let my boy in.

Hold on. You're good.

My bad. One of uh one of my boys coming to Mkinos with us.

He's popping in Miami for a night so he can go on the same

56:26

flight with us tomorrow. Easy, bro.

And yeah, where were we? YouTube.

Yeah, leveraging that as as social proof for my content asset. Yeah, bro.

That could that could definitely help a lot. I'm not going to lie.

I have all the screenshots on the fan bases, payment processors, and everything. I could I could rip that for sure.

56:41

Do you have are you on any of those accounts? Like, is it just screenshots or are you like can you view No, I have I have access to those accounts.

That's what I'm saying, bro. If you can show that with like a refresh, you know, that that goes a [ __ ] long way.

refresh. That'd be good.

Okay. Even if you even if you can show that in

56:57

like the vlog style stuff because if you're doing the vlog style stuff and it's normal stuff like even better than a a you know a screen recording with a refresh is you actually showing the camera on your laptop screen because then you're like bro there's no faking that you know. Yeah.

You cannot fake that cuz like like a regular screenshot I could go on [ __ ] on Google and find

57:13

Yeah, of course. Yeah.

Mean or uh Yeah, I like that. Okay, cool.

And then my ICP, what should that be? So, it should be info info owners or Yeah, 100%.

Because that way you're going to also be able to get growth op clients and consulting clients with the

57:29

exact same type of marketing essentially. Yeah, that's what I was going to say, bro.

That's awesome. How would I how would I know which which to do for what?

Like which client would I do more for Rev Share? Which client should I do more for just pure consulting?

That's up to who you want to take on, bro. I mean, that that comes down to

57:45

obviously the numbers they're doing already. If someone's already doing 50 grand a month and you can go in and get a nice percent, then you know, I'd say it's probably worth it for you to take them on as like a Growth Top client, you know, if there's someone if they're a fitness guy that has 10,000 followers, they're making 5 10 grand a month, it's

58:01

probably never going to be worth it for you to take them on as a client. In that case, you charge upfront consulting.

Yeah. And and these info owners, do they oftentimes watch videos on like what we would post?

Yes, bro. Yes.

I get even though all my videos are geared towards like my offer

58:17

and I literally like explain my offer in the videos and everything, I still get a [ __ ] ton of creators inbound in my DMs that see my YouTube videos even though I'm not even targeting them. That's crazy.

Yeah, cuz for me, I always have a misconception of like they're searching this stuff, bro. Like you're going to come up in SEO.

They're

58:32

they're literally looking for this stuff. So, as long as your videos and and here's the thing, you're in a better position than me because my videos are gearing towards my offer and people that want to run up Growth Op.

Your videos, all your videos are going to be geared towards creators that want to make money from their audience. So, you're going to get the best of both worlds.

58:48

Yeah, I see what you mean. Are you thinking anytime during the future to to transition or you want to keep doing it towards people want to get into growth off?

Well, I mean, you got to remember like what my offer is is like um it's kind of how I'm I'm scaling my agency. Like a lot of my mentees, I'm putting my, you

59:05

know, we're setting up an Instagram account. I'm putting my outreach systems onto it.

They're bringing in creators. Um, a lot of those creators, I run up with them.

I keep like a minority percentage. So, it's kind of how I'm scaling the creator side.

Um, so it all kind of scales together. So, that's the only reason that like my videos are

59:20

geared towards like me bringing on mentees because me doing that, when I bring on a mentee, it also means I'm going to bring on creators from that. So, it kind of it works.

So, you knowing my position, do you think I'm in a good spot to scale with me offering the growth op to potential clients and the consulting at the same time

59:36

simultaneously with the content I'm pushing? Should that be like dude 100% all you need keep ripping content literally like if you can like two to three solid ass 20 30 minute videos a week.

I don't know if you have that kind of time. At least one to two super super solid videos strictly value

59:52

like those long boring raw videos. Most people are going to hate them, but the people you want to like them are going to [ __ ] love them.

Run it all through a type form. The type form you can get all the information you need on if you want to run them up or not.

So you know if the call is going to be more like a partnership call, you guys are going to work together or if the call is going to

00:08

be more like I'm closing this person on consulting and you're a [ __ ] closer, dude. Like you should be able to you should be able to run that up easy.

100%, bro. Yeah.

Yeah. No, no.

Like that I'm not worried about. Yeah, it's good.

What do you And he wired you? Uh, sorry.

What's up? He wired you?

Yeah, bro. He's from Toronto.

You just

00:25

Dude, you can also like I'm uh I use [ __ ] and Fan Basis now. Um Fan Basis, I'm I'm really connected.

So like if you want like you you can set up financing for your own [ __ ] too, bro. Make a W account.

Make a fan base account. If you send me your fan basis account email, I can just get an instant

00:40

approved for all the financing. Easy.

But then how how would um because I'm in Canada, so like how how would that work? Like would I get USD CAD transfers to my account?

Because I can set up so I can have a USD account linked as well. I believe I don't I don't think it's an issue.

I think all it would be is you

00:56

have like the fan bases account. Obviously, all the money goes into that and then you should just be able to pay it out into a Canadian account.

Worst case worst case you could open an American LLC and then like I use Mercury. Mercury is not a physical bank.

It's an online bank. You can open it just with like a US LLC and then all the

01:12

money can go through there. So Mercury is an online bank you said?

Yeah. They have no physical locate, but like I've been using them for I want to say two years now.

Um, but it's it's I mean it's just a a digital bank. It's really simple.

And you and you set up an LLC with them

01:29

or you just set up a regular LLC? No.

So that that's if I I think you should just be able to link your Canadian bank account and have no issues. But if it doesn't let you do that, then uh what I was saying is is getting set up with an American LLC and then opening a business bank account on Mercury with that American LLC.

01:46

Oh, okay. Yeah, I see what you mean.

And and like if I'm in Canada, am I still going to be allowed to do CLA after pay? Because in Canada, we don't have on on Yeah.

Yeah. That that's up to the buyer, not the seller.

Okay. Okay.

So, fan bases will still be able to run it through even if even if you're in Canada, as long as the

02:01

buyer's in the US. Yeah.

That's amazing, bro. I didn't know that.

Yep. Yeah, bro.

I'm losing so much cash not doing this. [ __ ] yeah, I'm doing this.

Yeah. Have you are Are you still just a oneman show?

I have I have a backend guy that I I give him like 2k a month retainer

02:16

because he's managing the three offers on the back end. Wait, is this the guy that was already on offer?

Yeah, but I I I took over basically. So you you took them and hired him for all the offers now?

Yeah. So now I have Perfect, bro.

Fire. But I might just downsize to just 1K flat.

And it's it's small adjustments

02:33

here and there on like the automations. Yeah.

Like I'm working with Rage and I had adjusted the automations for a better show up rate. That's when I asked him, "Yo, bro, can you just do this quick quick and it's done?" Because half the time I'm in team meetings or client meetings and I don't have to go and take an extra 30 minutes, hour, so I just

02:48

delegate. And for the money that I'm paying him, in my opinion, it's it's worth it, bro.

1K a month, nothing, bro. Yeah.

Yeah. No, I agree 100%.

That's a that's a pretty low salary. I would never pay more than like 4K a month.

Yeah. At what point do you think I should like not be a oneman show

03:04

anymore? I mean, well, here's the thing.

When it comes to scaling, all scaling is is delegating, bro. So, if it gets to a point where you figure all all you have to do is identify what's taking up your time.

So, even when it comes to the YouTube videos, say for example, you know, you start ripping these YouTube

03:20

videos and it's taking you, you know, 3 hours a day to make a myro board, then that's something you can be like, okay, this is worth it for me to hire and train someone to do the myro boards for me. All scaling is is buying back your time.

And as you continue to make more money, you continue to buy back your

03:36

time with other things. And then that's how you build out a team.

And and then um and then you're able to scale and work on the business rather than in the business. That's all it is.

So any tasks where you're working in the business, all you have to do is look at what's taking the most of your time, identify if it can be outsourced or not. You hire

03:53

someone to do that. And then you've now freed up those hours that you can work on on the business rather than in the business.

And that's that's how you scale it. Just keep stacking.

Yeah. Because I noticed for me, bro, some some tasks that I end up procrastinating a little bit.

It's just because it takes more time out of my schedule like that my reward setup. Do

04:09

you set them up yourself or you have someone do it for you? Um, me personally, I do them myself.

I did have someone doing them like I tried to hire someone for it, but the problem was it, bro, it was it's just really hard to like replicate your knowledge, you know what I mean?

04:25

Um, and I just I didn't want to go I'm at the point where like I'm not making a ton of them. I'm doing like maybe a couple a month, so I'm fine making them myself, but it is really [ __ ] time consuming.

Um, but that's just one of those things where like I did try to outsource it and just the quality wasn't

04:40

there and I tried like two guys and I'm just like, you know what? I'm just going to do it myself because it's just it's too difficult to like get what's in my brain onto the mirror board.

That's what I was going to say. That's another thing.

It just comes down to like identifying what is outsourcable and what's not because not everything is

04:55

going to be outsourcable. Yeah.

And how do you how do you structure your your workday, your work week with like balancing your clients for growth off and your consulting on the side where you teach them how to do growth off? Well, pretty much pretty much all my job is now is uh is taking calls.

Obviously like you're in the group chat with Rage,

05:11

you know, Rage. Um when it comes to like quick questions or texting or that sort of thing like Rage and Neil, they handle most of that and then I do the calls.

So they're not really hopping on calls, I'm hopping on all the calls. Um so every day like you know they're handling the texting.

one of my mentees, one of my clients wants to hop on a call, they're

05:28

in all those group chats. Rage has direct access to my calendar, so he books it in.

So, it's not the kind of thing where like I have to go through a bunch of group chats or anything like that. It's like when someone wants to hop on a call with me, it automatically gets put in my calendar and every day I wake up, I see all the calls I needed to take and that's it.

So, so most of my

05:45

job now is like is doing the calls. Obviously, I have people for actually building everything out, um, managing the offers, running the offers.

So, I'm not really on that side of things anymore cuz I I already had that hustle for a couple years. Now, I'm in the position to where that stuff is outsourced.

I have a team now. I have

06:00

multiple full-time employees. So, now pretty much just comes down to like my knowledge and and like 90% of my job is just taking calls like this and and spilling my knowledge.

That's it. Okay.

Nice. So, the majority of your of your cash is coming from this kind of

06:15

business model agency and the percentage of the creators that are scaling that you gave to your mentees, right? I broke it down.

Um I don't know if you saw the video I posted, but I broke it down with like the YouTube strategy. So last month I did the month of June I did 178K and I

06:31

think 66 or something like that was from my own offer and then the other 100 whatever was from uh the offers I'm running. Okay, nice.

On each offers you're running is it the offers that you have majority percentage of or it's like the the mentees? So, it's so with my mentees

06:48

offers and my own offers, I'm I'm in like two to three dozen offers right now. Like, it's a lot of offers.

Um, it's just it's split. So, it's just, if you look at the video, I broke it down.

I don't know off the top of my head. Um, but yeah, it's it's split up between my own offers that I'm running myself, which is really only a few that I'm like

07:04

fully running myself. I don't have like anyone helping me on, and then all the rest are with uh my mentees pretty much.

Okay. Nice, bro.

Nice. That's awesome.

And bro, between you and I, so there's a lot of people now that are building up more and more courses and kind of sad, not saturating because those are going to be more people, but just, you know,

07:21

loading up more and more and more mentorship and courses. How sustainable do you think growth up as a whole is in the next couple years, bro?

Like where do you see it going? Well, that's the thing is like this business model is entirely it's just education.

It's just another form of education. I've been in the info space

07:36

for [ __ ] years and I always say this, but like if you asked me a couple years ago, I would have said a Discord is the best way to like run up an info product. A low ticket Discord.

You charge 50 bucks a month, whatever it was. At the time, it was [ __ ] ripping.

That's what was working best. And then now, obviously, it's more, you know, high

07:51

ticket offers, one-on-one, people want the one-on-one support that produces the best results. But, bro, info products have literally been around for like 20 years.

College is an info product, you know what I mean? It's been around for hundreds of years.

So, it's not so much like where's Growth going to go? It's like infill products are always going to

08:06

change. Like in two years, who knows?

It might not be high ticket offers that are ripping. It might be something we don't even [ __ ] no one even sells right now.

Um software is becoming like a big thing too. A lot of people pairing like their offers with softwares.

So I mean growth info products, they're not going anywhere. They're going to be

08:22

around forever, but the way they're sold, the methods of which they're sold are always going to be changing. Okay.

Nice. Nice.

So, in this situation, given that you know where I'm currently at and my goals and everything, what what do you think I should take in terms of action for me to kind of be able to expand um my portfolio, bro, and just

08:39

grow and hit that six figure month? I think outsourcing whatever you can right now to put more focus on YouTube and your organic socials because you already have, you know, a decent level of organic socials built up.

Uh, but like I said, bro, everything everything

08:54

comes down to YouTube. Like, exactly what you're looking for, exactly what you need to scale, the people that need to see your [ __ ] and work with you, YouTube is where you're going to get them.

So, I think putting your focus towards making content to bring in leads because you're already past the point where like

09:10

outreach is probably not going to do much for you. You've already got some really good clients.

You're past the point where you don't really have to do outreach anymore or anything like that. All your clients should be able to just come from your organic content and uh and just word of mouth.

Yeah. Like like my last two clients were

09:26

just word of mouth. Exactly.

Like I I tried the whole the whole outreach thing for a couple days and everything. Then I realized to myself, you don't need to, bro.

You just don't need to. Like you're you're already

09:42

you're already past the part where you'd have to like grind it out and hustle. Like you're already doing good numbers.

you're doing 60 70k a month. Like you're you're past that point.

Um to where now you can just start ripping it with content. Like still most of my best clients as well, they come from seeing my content or referrals.

Like I don't

09:57

have to slave outreach anymore if I don't want to, you know? Okay, that's good, bro.

That's good. So, I'm going to be posting more YouTube then.

And then what like what would you say the split would be for me between the value and lifestyle? Because you're saying two to three per week of value videos.

Where would you put in that that

10:14

lifestyle personality where I could just kind of So, what I've been seeing that works a lot is you can do lifestyle but also make it like working. So, like that that Sue guy you just told me about, he um I I just recently saw this, but he posts like he posted like an hourong video and

10:30

it's literally just like it's like a proper day in the life where he shows like oh at one point Stripe was holding funds and blah blah blah. So, you can do both, bro.

you can show like the actual day in the life stuff and then you can also vlog like when you're working and explain what's happening and show like

10:45

the actual inside of the business and that'll like that'll do really really well. So it's not so much strictly lifestyle.

It's not just [ __ ] like partying. It's not just a car.

It also has like the business aspect of it so you're not completely ruining your demo. This mean okay

11:01

yeah knowledge and then bro I've been watching a lot of Iman in terms of like the Iman Gazi business channel. I find I I get a lot of information from there.

His videos are fire. Like how to scale like an info product, how to, you know, tackle bottlenecks.

What other videos or channels you recommend I look at for me to get better

11:18

at overall the marketing side, knowing how to, you know, Dude, honestly, half the [ __ ] I do now, I got from Iman's business channel. I um I was actually going to join I was going to join AFL.

So when I was in Dubai, bro, from his videos, like I implemented so much [ __ ] and it [ __ ] worked for

11:33

all my clients. I was already sold.

I was like, "Dude, I'm going to join this shit." And then I hopped on the sales call and dude, the clothes are like really [ __ ] up. Like it like I I was I was literally pre-sold and he showed me everything.

It was like a school group or I think it was a school group. Um and he literally

11:50

went through the entire course and scrolled through like all the information in it. And then um and then he showed me like the calls are pretty much there's there's a couple coaches in there and then he sent me the recording of the call with all the information that's inside of it.

So I didn't I

12:08

didn't need to pay $18,000 to get the information. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah.

But anyhow, yeah, but no, I like I got I got a lot of knowledge from him and then obviously that was that was great as well. Yeah.

Okay. [ __ ] Yeah, because I've been looking at a lot of his videos and

12:24

it's helped me a lot to also guide my own clients as well towards everything for the webinar setup. I know let's talk about this.

We're going to look to do that next month. Right now, we just did more creatives on Saturday like a whole yacht that he just pump.

Yeah. Yeah.

12:41

So, next month we want to run that. I want to do it so that like you said, right, it's going to be book a call and not pay on the actual webinar.

Yeah. and I'll have all the internal team, all the closers on the ball with everything.

How how would you set that up? Like what would you kind of do to build it up?

12:56

What systems would you kind of Okay, so all right, first of all, webinars are really [ __ ] annoying to run and there's so much backend [ __ ] you have to set up. Like I would have to like honestly type out a checklist, but I'll give you the rundown.

Um, so first of all, are you you're not trying to run like an evergreen webinar, right? You're just trying to do like a one-off like

13:12

actual legit webinar. Oh, like an actual legit webinar because we've done like the whole pre-record at one for like the longest time.

people car. Yeah.

Yeah. No, I mean it's better if you it's better if you do it as like an event like you're revealing something or if you're dropping a new offer, whatever it is, like really hyping it up like

13:28

that. U in his case, I would I would start promoting it probably 3 weeks prior.

Obviously, you don't want to do it too far because then people are going to forget about the date, but also not too close. You want enough time.

Um so between like two to three weeks prior to

13:43

the webinar, I would start marketing it and and really ripping it. During that time, really all his content should be pushing towards that.

I know he does like a lot of story call to actions to his landing page, but like if he really wants the webinar to rip, he should be pushing all his traffic to that. So, him

14:00

doing that obviously might make him less money during those two to three weeks because he's not posting the call to action, but it'll make the webinar rip way way harder. Now, ads, bro, look, we're ripping 2K a day on on on ad spend.

Okay. All cash, bro.

like we're doing 2K a day

14:16

and we already have like more than like a 3.5x row ads on the month or just term ads. So I know if there's a little bit less are you planning on running ads to the webinar as well?

Like what are your thoughts on that? Because I don't know how to kind of you know do that kind of back end like I'd have to ask.

So yeah, I don't run ads myself. I can

14:32

connect you with a couple guys I know that uh that do run ads to webinars and they're really really good. Um they don't run it to cold traffic or anything like that.

would literally just be running webinar ads to his followers and it's just to get them to opt in. So obviously they're not like selling anything directly from the ads.

There's

14:48

not going to be like a trackable row ads until after the webinar is uh is run and done. Yeah.

Or the actual webinar itself. What what offer is this selling?

Which one? The how much is that?

It's 10K. Okay.

Wait, is there one below that or

15:05

is that Yeah, there's 3.5 as well, but we mainly focus on 10K. We have different financing platforms as well and everything and like some people they do cash and they do part of it financed as well.

So it ends up being like a full a full 10k. Okay, got you.

Um, so the thing with webinars right now and again webinars

15:20

are also one of those things that's like changing a lot. So what I'm saying right now might not be applicable in six months time.

Um, but right now what I know is working best is doing a book a call funnel with webinars. So before most people were running it like you know they'll do like a two-hour webinar

15:35

and then at the end the pitch and then they let people buy at the end. That's not the best right now.

What's the best right now is doing a book a call funnel. So, running the whole webinar, even sometimes I know a lot of people are literally they'll say the price and then they'll still make it like you have to fill out the form and and book a call

15:52

just to add that um that exclusivity to it. If you're not going to say the actual price, I would still say like, "Oh, it's a four-f figureure investment or whatever it is." Just give some sort of hint towards how much it does cost.

Um and then because here's the thing, dude. a 10K program.

Like no one's going to

16:09

buy that just from watching a webinar. So like they have to speak to a closer regardless.

Maybe a couple people will, but it's not even close to how many people will buy if they if they actually watch like they have to speak to someone. They have to talk to someone.

They have to talk to a closer. Yeah.

Would you mention it's an it's like a five figure investment, but bro,

16:26

do you have five figures? Most of you guys probably don't.

That's why we also So here's the thing is I mean it's 10K, so it's at the lowest end of five figures. So honestly it might um it might be good to just say I'd say the price like just straight up say it's 10k at that point.

Would you also like you

16:41

know say the whole thing which is like well listen like I now you know every single you guys have let's say 10k in your bank that's why we offer installments x y and z super easy. Would you also because I feel like by announcing that they're way way less likely to just not book a call.

16:58

Yeah. No.

Yeah. No, you you definitely have to say that like financing is available and that sort of thing because you're right.

Most people are not I mean do do you know how many% of how much percent of the offer is financed bro? Okay then then yeah definitely definitely say that 100%.

17:14

Yeah like pay are uh are making our pockets pretty uh pretty hard. So now when it comes to the actual webinar itself like you're going to have to set up SMS sequences, email sequences, all these different flows.

Um, I personally have used Webinar Jam in the past. Webinar Jam is I think is

17:30

the best for running webinars because you can connect all this together connected to the CRM. They have like the most integrations.

Um, but dude, if you're planning on running it next month, like I would start setting this [ __ ] up now. Like it's it's that [ __ ] there's just a lot of [ __ ] and it's going to take you a lot of extra time to do.

Obviously, it's going to out money.

17:48

It's worth it. Yeah.

But um I mean like it's going to take up your focus for like a month. Like actually it's it's not easy at all.

Yeah. Cool.

So, let me like I'll I'll speak with him, but I know I know he was down for it. And then we could also do like maybe like whoever was let's say on

18:03

the webinar and didn't buy or book a call. You're going to that's what I'm saying.

You're going to need a bunch of setters in place, dialers like that. That's where dude like I don't remember who I spoke to.

One one of the guys I'm telling you about that runs ads. I think he told me that um like 70% of the sales

18:22

or something came after the webinar from the people that didn't book a call on the webinar. So like there like I'm talking like those leads are going to be coming in and buying for for weeks after the webinar.

So you really need like good setters and systems in place for that. That's what I'm saying.

Like it's a logistical nightmare, but I mean it

18:38

prints. That's probably how Brett is able to make so much per month, too.

Like he has those webinars what like once a month and then he pushes so much traffic. He also has YouTube ads that he's pushing as well.

He's running a lot of meta ads right now too. He is.

Yeah. Yeah.

What's his funneling process like?

18:54

I'm not sure to be honest. I don't know exactly.

I bro I just had a call with like his number one competitor actually like someone selling like the same freelance brand scaling stuff. He was showing me a little bit of like what the funnel looks like, but he's basically like ripping his exact funnel.

Um, to be honest, I'm not 100% sure exactly what

19:12

Breza's funnel and offer looks like right now, but I do know that they're [ __ ] they're ripping like 600k to a mill. Okay.

I mean, I have I have a good amount of action plan right now on what to do. Are you bro?

Are you mean Miami around like September, October? Yeah.

Yeah, it should be.

19:28

Yeah. I'm I'm trying to rip Dubai in September.

Then I might I might head to Miami maybe for for a week. Okay, bet.

I might even head to Dubai around that time. So, yeah, we we'll figure it out.

We'll find a we'll find a place to link up. Yeah.

Would you recommend doing uh like going to Dubai for for some time out of

19:43

the year? You know, because I'm looking to set up my accounts, too, like somewhere outside of Canada, bro.

Yeah. I mean, you're Canadian, so you can get set up in Dubai pretty easily.

Uh for Americans, it's pretty [ __ ] Like, there's not much we can do. But Canadians, it's really, really easy to get set up in Dubai.

So, you can get fully set up. There's 0% tax.

So, I

19:59

mean, if you're paying I mean, with the numbers you're doing, I think it it' definitely be worth it, bro. Yeah.

Six figure months here, bro. You're getting taxed like 40% 50% if you're not.

No, I I think I don't know if for Canadians it can be zero, but I know it's like less than 10. So,

20:14

even at that, I would 100%. That's so worth it.

Yeah. Yeah.

Okay. Easy.

Easy. Good.

Bro, listen. I have everything here that I need.

I'm gonna I'm gonna get to work, bro. I'm going to delegate whatever I need to, and you're going to see my YouTube channel is going to be bumping a little bit more.

Love it, bro. Yeah.

When next video you post, send it in the group chat and tag

20:30

me. I'll take a look at it.

Yeah. All right, bro.

I know more likely exactly what I'm going to be doing and it's going to be how I scaled one of my clients from whatever like 100k to like 400k in just this much time instead of the entire thing. I wanted to ask you one thing, bro.

I wanted to to share my

20:45

screen and show you the CRM that I have built out right now for sure because I wanted to get your your idea on it. You're good, bro.

You're good. Is it still bugging right now or good is better now?

It's better. Uh it's still kind of chopped, but I I think I saw everything I needed to see.

It looks solid, dude. I was asking you

21:00

what um what frequency you're saying them at. So there's 1 hour prior.

What are the other two? 3 minutes after the call is booked.

Then then 6 hours before and just 1 hour before. Okay.

You said 6 hours before.

21:18

6 hours before then just 1 hour before. And then we also send over text on the group chat.

So the way it works is that our DM setter sets in the call as key group chats with the closer. I get that closer to chop it up over text.

Yo, yo,

21:33

what's going on, brother? My name is, let's say, you know, Jerry, head of operations.

What made you want to change, bro? Bicep emoji.

They start talking once in a while. And now I'm getting the closer to send over audio messages in the morning of Okay.

Yeah. What are your thoughts on that?

21:48

Yeah. I mean, it's solid.

So, you're hitting them. So the actual closer is talking to them and you're hitting those those texts reminding them.

Exactly. Yeah.

As if it's the closer texting them on personal message. So they're sending voice notes over iMessage

22:05

over over Instagram DMs. Okay.

Instagram DM on the group chat. Yeah.

No, it's fire, dude. I think it's solid.

You You don't need Do you know what your show up rate is? Because like there's not really much more you can do than that.

Yeah, bro. I'll I'll tell you right now.

Show up rate right now

22:21

is so I have it's 80% on my top DM setter. Other one is 77%.

Um my other DM setter is 79%. Like nothing nothing under 70 like

22:36

79%. There's not a ton of room for improvement, bro.

Like it's a solid. Yeah.

Yeah. Okay, cool.

I'm just I'm a [ __ ] perfectionist, bro. You know, but in business I notice, bro.

Especially the big teams, you're always putting out fires, bro. It's insane.

Yep, of course. But, uh, sick is looks

22:54

good. So, so quick recap.

Collectively, what are all the offers at and what are you doing monthly right now? Yeah, right now we're at right now on the month.

I'm at 60. Okay.

You're at 60 on this month or last month? On this month.

Oh, you're [ __ ] ripping it, bro. Holy

23:10

[ __ ] I appreciate it, man. I'm just saying 10 down, bro.

I'm trying to pop out with R8 by 23, bro. Come on.

Huh, bro? Easy.

What the [ __ ] That's like end of March, bro. So, we're going to see.

Um, yeah, I'm at So, I last month say was 68 last month. Next,

23:27

this month I'm at 60 on the dot or 60.5. I think with a little bit more getting some more closes.

Yeah, I'll get I'll get to 70 this month, I think, alone. Yeah.

Yeah, you might get you might get higher than that, bro. Yeah, 7075.

Then then, like I said, bro,

23:44

this I'm trying to hit six figures, bro. Yeah.

like minimum. You're going to hit it, bro.

You're you're going to hit it way before then. Like, you're you're already you're already there.

You're already touching that [ __ ] bro. I have I have it [ __ ] written down on my whiteboard in front of me.

I'm like, "Yo, 100K month by December 31st minimum." And then I do that [ __ ] six months in a row, bro.

24:00

Then I'm getting myself a super car. I don't I don't care, bro.

Fire. So, I need to That's awesome, man.

Okay, cool. I have everything I need, bro.

Anything else? I'll just text you worst case, but uh bro, I appreciate you for real, man.

You're a G. Yeah, we'll be in touch, bro.

Keep me updated. Okay.

Okay, enjoy making us, bro. And we

24:16

look at those vlogs, bro. All right.

Peace, brother. Thank you.

All right. See you, man.

All right. Next, I want to talk about paid ads.

Now, I have a million people that ask me about [ __ ] paid ads.

24:32

This is really important what I'm about to talk about because it's not paid ads are not as important as you think. So, at the time of this making, at the time of making this video, I do not touch paid ads.

So, everyone I work with, I'm specifically working with organic creators. Obviously, a certain point at

24:49

scale, you do want to introduce paid ads. When that time comes, I always outsource it.

I'm being fully transparent. I have absolutely no experience running paid ads.

I do, but like tiny tiny like I do not know what the [ __ ] I'm doing. I am not a paid ads guy.

I'm going to tell you what I do

25:05

know about paid ads. First of all, running paid ads to cold traffic for info products is extremely difficult.

And I've realized that only two things work. Okay?

Because like I said, even though I don't run them myself, I do know what works and what doesn't and what's really, really [ __ ] hard and what's really easy. So, here you go.

25:21

First of all, here's one of the things that works. Running meta ads to Instagram followers.

This is easy as [ __ ] It works really well because you're targeting people that likely already know the offer and have consumed tons of content and just need a push. So, all this means is you're running the

25:37

ads and the only people seeing the ads are people that already follow that person on Instagram. They've already seen their face.

They've already seen their content. They already know like what this this guy's about.

They might even know what the offer is. They just need a push to buy it or to book a call or whatever it is.

You also need a solid

25:52

funnel on the actual IG account and solid setters in place. So having a funnel in the Instagram account means having reals that are educational, maybe have called to actions in them, having maybe a keyword and bio, having a lot of results and testimonials and highlights.

26:08

That's the most important part. Having a funnel actually on the Instagram profile so that the setters can get them booked into a call because most of this is going to be running meta ads Instagram followers to like send a DM or something like that.

You're rarely going to like send them to a landing page, which is where having really good setters comes

26:24

into place. Now, the other option, running broader meta ads only if the creator is highly recognizable.

So, FX Alex G is an absolutely perfect example of this because you've probably seen his ads before, but you already know his

26:39

face because you've seen his reels. This usually means they're using Clippers and they're doing multi-figure views, multi- tens of millions of views every single month.

That's the only way you're able to do broad meta ads. Now, if the viewer doesn't follow the

26:55

creator, this is the most important part. If the viewer does not follow the creator and they see an ad from them, which means you're not running to IG followers, you're running to cold audience, it cannot be the first time they're seeing their face.

Some level of trust must already be established. So, if

27:12

someone is, say, I'm running ads, someone sees my face for the very first time and I'm trying to sell them an info product, that is not going to work. that is not going to be profitable.

It's not going to make money. Just plain and simple.

It's not. However, if I'm running Clippers, an army of Clippers,

27:29

and I'm doing 50 million views a month, and I run an ad, and someone that sees that ad has already seen three of my reels from clipping accounts, maybe they don't follow me. They've already seen my face.

They already somewhat feel like they might kind of know who I am, know what I'm about. That's the only way it can work.

If it's the first time seeing

27:45

seeing your face, it's not going to work. Now, if it does get to this point, I always outsource to someone else to run the ads.

Now, I prefer to work with creators that have good lead flow organically because all I have to do is set up a good offer and sales system and

28:02

it'll pretty much sell to their their audience, which is just a pre-existing customer base. And this is what I always go back to.

This is the whole point of the business model. I also get a lot of people that come to me in Instagram DMs like, "Yo, I closed this creator, man, but like how can I help them with their content?

like there's really no leads

28:18

coming in, whatever. And it's like it's a [ __ ] creator.

Then that's the point of the business model. The whole point is you're partnering with people that have the organic following and maybe it's not even following but just engagement.

They have lead flow coming in. They have views.

They have eyeballs. They have people looking at their stuff.

That's

28:34

what you need. So if you're working with someone, I get I get DMs, too, like, "Hey, they'll ask me a question about ads." They be like, "Hey, what what type of what type of ads should I run?

My creator is not getting any leads. What's the point of working with the creator then?

You're partnering with

28:50

people that have an audience and lead flow. That's it.

Otherwise, there's no point in partnering with them. So, think of paid ads as fuel on the fire after everything's already working, not to bring the leads in in the first place.

Now, Raph and Jacob, who I've had in

29:05

multiple of my videos, they run an info agency specifically focusing on ads. I just showed this video um which was my full convo with Raph and they're actually parties if you guys don't know.

I'm going to show this super quick segment uh quick convo I had with Jacob

29:21

a little bit of insights on paid ads. Again, they're absolute killers with paid ads when it comes to that.

If you're at a point and I'm not getting paid to say this, but um I know a lot of people that have like outsourced to them and they they they are just generally really good at paid ads. So, me personally, if I ever have a creator I

29:38

want to rip ads with, I'll outsource it to someone I know. Not necessarily Raph and Jacob, but just somebody else that can run them and scale them up for me.

U, but that's pretty much all Raph and Jacob do. And they've spent millions of dollars on on paid media.

So, I'll play that quick convo with Jacob and maybe

29:55

he'll get some some more insight from that. Mr.

Levenra, bro, that's me. We both scale info products.

Yep. I pretty much just stick to organic.

Like, pretty much everyone I work with is just organic. I don't touch paid ads.

Why? The king king of organic and the king of paid ads apparently.

So why why are paid ads so good? So first off, I might not necessarily be

30:11

the king, but I've spent about $6.5 million in 30 or so months. And the number one thing I've learned about paid versus organic.

And if you are reliant on either one, right, reliant on organic or paid, the biggest thing to be worrisome is with organic specifically is that there's that fluctuation. Like

30:28

some months are good, some months are bad. And it's literally out of your control to an extent.

With paid, you're building a machine. Like, I could put a dollar in and I know I get $4 out.

And obviously, three bucks isn't doing much, but if you amplify that to 10K a day to 40K a day, that's what we've been doing the last year.

30:44

And you're just able to build a machine. But the good news is is if you're running organic and you figure that out, that's the harder [ __ ] battle to figure out.

So, if you figure that out, get over to paid because paid is literally the same thing as organic. You're just getting impressions.

The only difference is you got to pay a bit of it. So maybe your margins will go

30:59

from 75% to 60%. But like who cares if you're making [ __ ] way more money?

So just dive into it. I dove into it when I was like 19 hardcore when Tik Tok first came out.

Tik Tok ads manager and paid ads changed my life. So would you say there already has to be like an organic presence though to run paid ads?

31:15

No, not at all. Right now like my Instagram blew up because of paid ads.

Like I I started Instagram at 10,000 followers. And when I started running paid ads, like you can go on my social blade right now.

We grew 150,000 followers in two months time. Like I'm not [ __ ] Tate.

I'm not

31:30

[ __ ] begging for views. Affiliate Clippers.

Like I don't care if we get views organically or not cuz I know no matter what, like I'm going to put money into my funnel and that's going to get me millions of impressions a week and uh you know people follow that [ __ ] with it. So you definitely don't need to be famous already because you're pretty

31:46

much paying for virality. like you're able to pay yourself to that famous point which is sick.

Sick, bro. Pays for the view.

Appreciate the sauce. Nice crib by the way, bro.

Also guys, Jacob's tall as [ __ ] I'm short, man. Now, guys, that is going to wrap up the

32:03

entire course video. If you've sat through this entire thing, I don't know how long it's going to be.

I know it's going to be like hours long, though. So, if you've sat through and watched this entire thing, big [ __ ] props to you.

Now, I want to tell you guys this. Most people, they're not going to sit through and and and watch this entire video.

32:20

They're just not. So, if you did, first of all, that's really impressive.

You know, I'm actually going to record this on my DJI. I'm going to I'm going to switch to my DJI real quick.

Boom. Just switch.

By the way, you guys want to see something funny. Look at my [ __ ] recording setup.

I recorded this whole thing with Wait, a tripod and a phone.

32:39

Ignore all the trash in the back. Um, anyhow, if you guys watch this whole video, you are a different type of person because not everyone could just sit through and watch a video this [ __ ] long.

So, you might be the kind of person I want to work with. I already went over the mentorship a lot in this

32:55

entire video, but I'm going to say it again real quick just so you guys fully understand how it works. I guarantee you a creator in contract.

We set up an Instagram profile entirely based around you. We put my systems onto it.

use my results. You leverage all of that.

I'll

33:12

take the calls with you and we run it up. You get access to all my systems, my SOPs, my KPIs, my network, VAS, closers, everything.

It is a full handholding one-on-one partnership experience. I just realized I should probably be looking into the camera.

Um, it's a full

33:28

one-on-one partnership. It is not your typical mentorship.

It's not group coaching. It is not a pre-recorded course.

There's none of that. It's full one-on-one.

Me and you on a call with each other. You have access.

Why is it doing that? You have access to my personal phone number.

That's how I run the entire thing. So, if you're

33:44

interested, the type form is in the description. If you have any questions about anything this entire video, leave a comment down below.

What the [ __ ] Leave a comment down below or message me on Instagram. I answer everything in the comments on Instagram.

I answer all of

34:00

it. So, if you're interested, hit me.

And again, guys, watch the rest of my videos. So much value.

I I'm so [ __ ] glad I'm finally done. Now I get to go edit this video.

It's going to be great. If you're interested in working with me, type form.

Leave a like, subscribe, comment.

34:16

I'll see you guys in the next video. Peace.

Summary

Transcript